You are on page 1of 318

SRI LANKA INSTITUTE

OF
ADVANCED TECHNOLOGICAL EDUCATION
(SLIATE)
HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA
IN
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Detailed Syllabus-2014
Designed to Implement Outcome Based Education (OBE)
With
Student Centered Learning (SCL)
Contents

INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ......................................................................................... 5

CURRICULUM OF THE HND IN IT PROGRAM 2014 ONWARDS .......................................... 6


Guidelines used for the Content Development: ................................................................................................. 6
Guidelines for Evaluations (Full time/Part time): ............................................................................................... 8

Program learning outcomes............................................................................................................................. 9


Performance criteria and graduation requirements ......................................................................................... 10
Resource Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 10
Use of e‐Learning Platforms ............................................................................................................................ 10

Curriculum outline for 2014 – Higher National Diploma in Information Technology (HNDIT) Designed to
implement Outcome Based Education (OBE) with Student Centered Learning (SCL) ......................................11
Developer Track Option .................................................................................................................................... 15
Administrator Track Option .............................................................................................................................. 16
Analyst Track Option ......................................................................................................................................... 16
Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT .......................................................................................... 17

DETAILEDSYLLABUS- 2014........................................................................................................ 19

Year 1 – Semester I .........................................................................................................................................19


HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications .................................................................................................. 20
HNDIT1102: Computer Hardware ..................................................................................................................... 21
HNDIT1103: Structured Programming .............................................................................................................. 23
HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization ........................................................................................ 25
HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems .................................................................................................. 26
HNDIT1106: Web Development ....................................................................................................................... 28
HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT ....................................................................................................................... 30
HNDIT1108: English for Technology I................................................................................................................ 32

Year 1 – Semester II ........................................................................................................................................33


HNDIT1209: Object Oriented Programming ..................................................................................................... 35
HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia ............................................................................................................. 37
HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms ................................................................................................... 38
HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design.......................................................................................................... 40
HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks ........................................................................................... 42
HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT .............................................................................................................................. 44
HNDIT1215: English for Technology II............................................................................................................... 45
HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics......................................................................................... 47

Year 2 – Semester III .......................................................................................................................................50


HNDIT2301: Operating System and Information Security ................................................................................ 52
HNDIT2302: IT Project Management ................................................................................................................ 53
HNDIT2303: Fundamentals of Management and Economics ........................................................................... 55

1|Page
HNDIT 2304: Project (Group) ............................................................................................................................ 57
HNDIT2305: English for Technology III.............................................................................................................. 58

Developer Track Option ..................................................................................................................................60


HNDIT2310: Rapid Application Development ................................................................................................... 60
HNDIT2311: Principles of Software Engineering ............................................................................................... 60
HNDIT2312: Object Oriented Analysis and Design ........................................................................................... 62

Administrator Track Option ............................................................................................................................64


HNDIT2320: Advanced Database Management Systems ................................................................................. 64
HNDIT2321: Data Communication and Network – II ........................................................................................ 66
HNDIT2322: Enterprise Information Security … ............................................................................................... 68

Analyst Track Option ......................................................................................................................................70


HNDIT2330: Introduction to Business Analysis ................................................................................................ 70
HNDIT2331: Management Information Systems .............................................................................................. 72
HNDIT2332: E-Commerce ................................................................................................................................. 73

Year 2 – Semester IV .......................................................................................................................................75


Developer Track Option .................................................................................................................................... 75
Administrator Track Option .............................................................................................................................. 76
Analyst Track Option ......................................................................................................................................... 76
Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT .......................................................................................... 77

Common Core .................................................................................................................................................78


HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture................................................................................................................. 78
HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source Systems .................................................................................................... 79
HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT ............................................................................................................... 81
HNDIT2404: Project (Individual) ....................................................................................................................... 84
HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV ............................................................................................................. 86

Developer Track Option ..................................................................................................................................87


HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture ................................................................................................................ 87
HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management .......................................................................................... 90
HNDIT2413: Web Application Development .................................................................................................... 91
HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation ..................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing ............................................................................................................... 95
HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio ................................................................................................................ 97
HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development................................................................................................. 99

Administrator Track Option ..........................................................................................................................101


HNDIT2421: Server Administration ................................................................................................................ 101
HNDIT2422: Network and Data Centre Operations ........................................................................................ 104
HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning (DR&BCP) ................................................... 107
HNDIT2424: Database Administration ............................................................................................................ 109
HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project.................................................................................................. 111

Analyst Track Option ....................................................................................................................................111


HNDIT2431: Software Testing ......................................................................................................................... 113
HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing ............................................................................................................ 115
HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance .................................................................................................... 116
HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes ........................................................................................ 118

2|Page
HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study ........................................................................................................ 120

Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT .......................................................................................122


HNDIT2441: Teaching Methodology for IT ..................................................................................................... 122
HNDIT2442 : Principles of Education .............................................................................................................. 125
HNDIT2443 : Educational Measurement ........................................................................................................ 124
HNDIT2444: Educational Psychology .............................................................................................................. 125

Year 3 – Semester V ......................................................................................................................................127


In-plant Training.............................................................................................................................................. 127

NEWCURRICULUM-DETAILED LEARNINGOUTCOMES .................................................... 127

Year 1 – Semester I .......................................................................................................................................127


HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications ................................................................................................ 127
HNDIT1103: Structured Programming ............................................................................................................ 132
HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization ...................................................................................... 138
HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems ................................................................................................ 141
HNDIT1106: Web Development ..................................................................................................................... 144
HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT ..................................................................................................................... 147
HNDIT1108: English for Technology I.............................................................................................................. 151

Year 1 – Semester II ......................................................................................................................................153


HNDIT1209 – Object Oriented Programming ................................................................................................. 153
HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia ........................................................................................................... 155
HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms ................................................................................................. 158
HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design........................................................................................................ 161
HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks ......................................................................................... 164
HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT ............................................................................................................................ 168
HNDIT1215: English for Technology II............................................................................................................. 174
HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics....................................................................................... 177

Year 2 – Semester III .....................................................................................................................................177


HNDIT2301: Operating Systems and Information Security............................................................................. 177
HNDIT2302: IT Project Management .............................................................................................................. 178
HNDIT2303: Fundamentals of Management and Economics ......................................................................... 182
HNDIT2304: Project (Group) ........................................................................................................................... 184
HNDIT2305: English for Technology III............................................................................................................ 194
HNDIT2307: Rapid Application Development ................................................................................................. 197
HNDIT2308: Principals of Software Engineering ............................................................................................. 199

Developer Track Option ................................................................................................................................204


HNDIT2310: Rapid Application Development ................................................................................................. 204
HNDIT2311: Principles of Software Engineering ............................................................................................. 208
HNDIT2312: Object Oriented Analysis and Design ......................................................................................... 210

Administrator Track Option ..........................................................................................................................204


HNDIT2320: Advanced Database Management Systems ............................................................................... 204
HNDIT2321: Data Communication and Network – II ...................................................................................... 208
HNDIT2313: Enterprise Information Security ................................................................................................. 210

Analyst Track Option ....................................................................................................................................214


3|Page
HNDIT2330: Introduction to Business Analysis ............................................................................................... 214
HNDIT2331: Management Information Systems ............................................................................................ 217
HNDIT2332: E-Commerce ............................................................................................................................... 220

Year 2 – Semester IV .....................................................................................................................................222


HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture............................................................................................................... 222
HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source Software ................................................................................................. 224
HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT .............................................................................................................. 229
HNDIT2404: Project (Individual) ..................................................................................................................... 231
HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV ........................................................................................................... 240

Developer Track Option ................................................................................................................................242


HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture .............................................................................................................. 242
HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management ........................................................................................ 245
HNDIT2413: Web Application Development .................................................................................................. 249
HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation ............................................................................................ 252
HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing ............................................................................................................. 254
HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio .............................................................................................................. 256
HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development............................................................................................... 257

Administrator Track Option ..........................................................................................................................263


HNDIT2421: Server Administration ................................................................................................................ 263
HNDIT2422: Network and Data Centre Operations ..............................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning .................................................................... 269
HNDIT2424: Database Administration ............................................................................................................ 272
HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project.................................................................................................. 274

Analyst Track Option ....................................................................................................................................277


HNDIT2431: Software Testing ........................................................................................................................ 277
HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing ........................................................................................................... 279
HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................... 283
HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes ....................................................................................... 285
HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study ....................................................................................................... 288

HNDIT CURRICULUM REVISION PROPOSAL WITH ANALYSIS REPORT ON HNDIT


DIPLOMA HOLDERS EMPLOYMENT SURVEY- 2011 ......................................................... 292

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................292
Survey Analysis ............................................................................................................................................... 292
Analysis according to designations ................................................................................................................. 292
Analysis according to Sector of Working ........................................................................................................ 294
Proposed Curriculum ...................................................................................................................................... 296
Detail structure for HNDIT Program (2 ½ years) ............................................................................................. 296
Proposed 2nd Semester Contents .................................................................................................................... 297
Proposed 3rd Semester Contents .................................................................................................................... 298
Proposed 5th Semester Contents .................................................................................................................... 300
Suggestions to implement the curriculum ...................................................................................................... 300
Lateral entry and exit points ........................................................................................................................... 300

In-Plant Training Hand Book(SLIATE) ............................................................................................................317

4|Page
Introduction and Background
The Higher National Diploma in Information Technology (HND‐IT) program at the Sri Lanka
Institute of Advance Technical Education (SLIATE) was developed and commenced in the year
2000 with the objective of producing the middle level IT professionals required for the new
millennium. The initial curriculum designed for the course was revised two times, first in year
2005 followed by the second in year 2007. However, both the revisions were of minor nature
and did not affect the status core of the program. A major revision was done with the University
of Moratuwa through the IRQUE project in year 2011.

The course is aimed at school leavers with GCE (A/L) qualifications in Mathematics, Science,
Accountancyand Arts streams. Candidates are selected through the order of merit in their
GCE (A/L) examination and through an aptitude / IQ test. According to the existing curriculum
documentation, the aims and objectives of the initial course are stated as follows.

Course Aims:
 Provide Information Technology personal to cater to the demands in the next
millennium.
 Provide a conceptual basis for more advanced studies in Information Technology field.

CourseObjectives:
At the end of the diploma the student should be able to;

 Function as a software developer.


 Train personals in IT skills.
 Use IT skills in the area of automation.
 Make use of IT skills in decision making in an organization.

The course duration was of five semesters namely Semester I, Semester II, Semester IV and
Semester V covered over a period of two and half calendar years. Academic activities were
held during the first four semesters and during the fifth semester students were required to
complete a full‐time industrial placement. The duration of each semester was 15weeks.

5|Page
From 2007 the program was planned to be offered through nine different institutes throughout
the country under SLIATE. The program had a significant demand during the initial years but
has started to face increased competition since there cent past from other parallel programs
offered by the state and private sector institutions as well as from the external IT related degree
programs offered by state universities.

In a response to this situation in 2011 SLIATE has decided to go ahead with a major revamp
of the program inclusive of a major curriculum revision through funding available under the
World Bank supported “Improving Relevance and Quality of Undergraduate Education
(IRQUE)” project. In a parallel effort to this a second initiate was also taken to start another
Higher Diploma program specializing in the area of Software Engineering through funding
available from the Asian Development Bank supported “Education for the Knowledge Society
(EKSP)” project. These two initiatives, even though supported by two different projects had
the same common objectives of improving the relevance, quality and demand of the Higher
National Diploma in Information Technology program offered by the Sri Lanka Institute of
Advanced Technological Studies.

Curriculum of HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA in IT program


2014 onwards

Program Development Background

The restructuring of the Curriculum of the HND in IT program 2011 to 2013 has been done in
order to implement the Outcome Based Education (OBE) with the Student Centered Learning
(SCL) in order to improve the quality of the HNDIT diploma holders.

In order to do this the following guidelines have been used.

Guidelines used for the Content Development:


1. Restructure and further develop the five recommendations which were identified in the research
study (Please refer the Appendix 1 - HNDIT Curriculum Revision Proposal with Analysis
Report on HNDIT Diploma Holders Employment Survey- 2011) under the sub titles -
Recommendations, Actions and Outcomes.

6|Page
2. New code system for all the subjects has implemented according to the following format.
HNDIT Y S CU
HNDIT – 5 Digits for the Course Title
Y – 1 Digit for the Year (1, 2)
S- 1 Digit for the Semester (1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
CU- 2 Digits for the Course Units

3. All the subjects in the curriculum has been organized as Fundamentals, Intermediate and
Advanced. Further to that special care has been taken to improve not only Knowledge and Skills
but Attitudes also of the students from each and every subject.

4. Reorganized the 1stSemester subjects in order to reduce the work load. This has done by
removing subjects such as IT A001 Office Productivity Applications and merging subject
contents from subjects Personal Computer Hardware and System Operations (IT 1001),
Mathematics for Computing (IT 1002) and Data Representation and Organization (IT 1004).

5. Reorganized the 2nd Semester subjects by moving Probability and Statistics (IT3001) in order
to make Mathematics related subjects to continue from the Semester 1 up to Semester 3.

6. Language related subjects have been introduced from the Semester 1 up to Semester 4.

7. Identified and implemented the 3rdSemester of the new curriculum with subjects in such a way
that Core modules subjects and supporting module subjects in a ratio such as 6 or 7 Core
Subjects to 3 Supporting subjects.

8. Identified and implemented the 4thSemester of the new curriculum with subjects in such a way
that Core modules subjects and supporting module subjects in a ratio such as 4 Core Subjects
to 2 Supporting subjects.

9. Language and Mathematics have been considered as Supporting Subjects.

10. To develop contents in each subjects used 3 Text Books relevant to the subjects which were
published in year 2013.

11. Referred National and International curriculums and organize the new curriculum structure
accordingly.

7|Page
12. Obtained supervision and guidance from the Head of the IT department and a Senior Professor
in IT from a University to develop the new curriculum.

13. Student academic progression and lateral entry /exit points- 3 Exit Points.
a. First after completing 1st year- Advanced Certificate
b. Second after completing 1 ½ years (3 Semesters) – Diploma
c. Third and Final after completing 2 ½ years – Higher National Diploma

Guidelines for Evaluations (Full time/Part time):


14. For the completion of In-plant training credits should be allocated as 6 with GPA.

15. Common evaluation criteria should be implemented for all Core and Support subjects as
a. Final Paper Mark / Assignment as 50/ 50 and
b. Minimum Final Paper Mark should be according to examination by-laws.

16. Assignment Structure for Core Subjects should be


a. Two Assignments
i. Group assignment with a presentation (Common and individual marks) and
ii. Individual assignment

17. Assignment Structure for Supportive Subjects should be(English, Mathematics, Statistics,
Management and Economics)
a. One Assignment
i. Group assignment with a presentation (Common and individual marks) or
ii. Individual assignment

Program Aims
 Provide Information Technology personal to cater to the demands in the current
Information Technology field.
 Provide a conceptual basis for more advanced studies in Information Technology field.

Program Objectives
At the end of the diploma the student should be able to;

 Function as a software developer.


 Train personals in IT skills.
 Carryout in‐depth analysis on problems and requirements in the area of specialization.
 Develop solutions for complex problems that require in depth analyzing the area of
specialization.
8|Page
 Take managerial decision of the implementation, configuration and maintenance of
solutions in the area of specialization.

Program learning outcomes


Program learning outcomes and the skills and competencies expected at different levels of the
curriculum are as follows.

Level Skill /Competency Levels Expected Learning Outcomes

Advanced Certificate in Enriched with fundamental Ability to install and maintain (including
Information theoretical knowledge and basic hardware maintenance)
Technology practical exposure required personalcomputers and networking devices in
(After the completion of in using in ICT in an office general office environment.
one year) environment Ability to configure basic messaging and
networking services on client computers.
Determine requirements and specifications of
devices and software for general office use.
Develop small software application and
websites for general office work.

Diploma in Information Developed with Ability to analyze problems and issues in the
Technology competencies, skills and specialized domain
(After the completion of knowledge in a broader Ability to determine solutions and
one and half years) spectrum of specialized requirements for identified problems in the
areas in Information specialized domain.
Technology. Ability to configure, manage and maintain ICT
solutions in the specialized application
domain.
Ability to provide necessary information to the
senior management for making decisions in the
areas related to the specialized domain.

Higher National Developed with in‐depth Carryout in‐depth analysis on problems and
Diploma in Information knowledge and requirements in the area of specialization.
Technology competencies in the selected Develop solutions for complex problems that
(After the completion of specialized area of ICT. require in depth analyzing the area of
complete program) specialization.
Take managerial decisionsof the
implementation, configuration and

9|Page
maintenance of solutions in the area of
specialization.

Note: Those who are leaving the program with successful completion of any level will be entitled
to obtain the respective highest level certificate.

Performance criteria and graduation requirements


The following guidelines are recommended in evaluating student performance throughout the
progression of the course and determining graduation requirements for the final award as well
as awards at lateral exit points.

General Assessment Policy


Common examination by-laws approved by the Governing Council.

Teaching and Learning Environment

Resource Requirements
Teaching, referencing, laboratory and other required resources to teach the modules in the curriculum
have been identified for each module in the detailed syllabus. In general these resources will include the
following.

a. Computer laboratory facilities with Internet access for software, design and other related
modules.
b. Test platform laboratory for conducting practical work related to installation and
configuration of systems and communication services.
c. Access to e‐learning and Computer Based Training (CBT) facilities as described in relevant
syllabuses.
d. Reference text books listed in the detailed syllabus for each module

Use of e‐Learning Platforms

The new curriculum introduces several significant changes to the way that Higher National Diploma
program is delivered and administered. These changes range from introduction of new specialization
options to modernization of the curriculum content with some of the modern and emerging subject areas.
It is imperative that significant efforts are needed to upgrade the course delivery and administration
mechanisms to obtain the true benefits of these changes in terms of improving the quality and relevance
of the program and in achieving the expected outcomes.

10 | P a g e
It is important to note that the curriculum introduces new subjects from diverse areas of information
technology and hence would require resources and expertise from the same areas of specializations.
Most of these subjects are related to emerging technologies where finding qualified resource personal
would be difficult and time consuming. However on the other hand, the quality of the program would
depend on the availability of such resources not only in one ATI but across the entire network where the
program is offered. Therefore the training of e xisting staff has already been started for these subjects
with the guidance and support from the leading technological providers of the country.

SLIATE has already moved into an e‐ Learning based platform (SLIATE LMS) to support the delivery
and administration of the new curriculum. Thee‐learning platform has been used to facilitate sharing
of resources, centralized implementation of course delivery and assessment tools, centralized
administration and learner management and to facilitate the use and assessment in using modern
computer based learning material.

Curriculum outline for 2014 – Higher National Diploma in Information


Technology (HNDIT) Designed to implement Outcome Based Education
(OBE) with Student Centered Learning (SCL)
Code System:
HNDIT Y S CU C
HNDIT – 5 Digits for the Course Title, Y – 1 Digit for the Year (1, 2), S- 1 Digit for
the Semester (1, 2, 3, 4, 5), CU- 2 Digits for the Course Units, Total Code length – 8
Digits

Year 1 – Semester I
L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT1101 Personal Computer Applications Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1102 Computer Hardware Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1103 Structured Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA

HNDIT1104 Data Representation and Organization Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1105 Database Management Systems Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1106 Web Development Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1107 Mathematics for IT Common Core 01 01 01 02 GPA

HNDIT1108 English for Technology I Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

11 | P a g e
TOTAL 09 20 01 18

Total Credits = 18, Hours = 30

12 | P a g e
Year 1 – Semester II
L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT1209 Object Oriented Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA

HNDIT1210 Graphics and Multimedia Common Core 01 04 - 03 GPA

HNDIT1211 Data Structures and Algorithms Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1212 Systems Analysis and Design Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1213 Data Communications and Networks Common Core 02 02 - 03 GPA

HNDIT1214 Statistics for IT Common Core 01 - 02 02 GPA

HNDIT1215 English for Technology II Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1216 Human Values and Professional Ethics Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

TOTAL 10 20 02 20

Total Credits = 20, Hours = 32

Year 2 – Semester III L- Lecture, P/T- Practical/ Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Common Core

HNDIT2301 Operating Systems and Computer Security Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2302 IT Project Management Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2303 Principles of Management and Applied Common Core 01 02 02 GPA


Economics

HNDIT2304 Project(Group) Common Core 03 04 GPA

HNDIT2305 English for Technology III Common Core 01 03 02 GPA

Total 04 12 12

13 | P a g e
Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Developer Track Option

HNDIT2310 Rapid Application Development Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2311 Principals of Software Engineering Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2312 Object Oriented Analysis and Design Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total 03 10 08

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2320 Advanced Database Management Systems Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2321 Data Communication and Network – II Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2322 Enterprise Information Security Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA

Total 03 10 08

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2330 Introduction to Business Analysis Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2331 Management Information Systems Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2332 E-Commerce Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total 03 10 08

14 | P a g e
Total Credits = 20 (Common Core =12, Track Elective= 08), Hours= 29 (Common Core =16, Track
Elective= 13)

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.
Supervision of Project (Group): Group-Maximum 5 students, Maximum 3 Groups per Lecturer

Year 2 – Semester IV
L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Core

HNDIT2401 Computer Architecture Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2402 Free and Open Source Systems Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2403 Professional Issues in IT Common Core 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2404 Project(Individual) Common Core 01 03 06 GPA

HNDIT2405 English for Technology IV Common Core 01 03 02 GPA

Total Common Core 06 13 14

Developer Track Option


Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT2411 Enterprise Architecture Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Software Configuration
HNDIT2412 Management Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2413 Web Application Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2414 Computer Graphics and Animation Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2415 Digital Image Processing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2416 Digital Video and Audio Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2417 MobileApplication Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

15 | P a g e
Administrator Track Option

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT2421 Server Administration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Network and Data Centre


HNDIT2422 Operations Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Disaster Recovery & Business


HNDIT2423 Continuity Planning Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2424 Database Administration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2425 Database Programming Project Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

Analyst Track Option

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT2431 Software Testing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2432 Technical Report Writing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2433 Software Quality Assurance Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2434 Business Analysis - Tools & Processes Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2435 System Analysis Case Study Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

Total Credits = 21 (Common Core =12, Track Elective= 09), Hours= 34 (Common Core =19, Track
Elective= 15)

Students are required to obtained 12 credit from common core and 09 credits from the
selected track options (Developer, Administrator or Analyst)

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

16 | P a g e
Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT2441 Teaching Methodology for IT Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2442 Principles of Education Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2443 Educational Measurement Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2444 Educational Psychology Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT

Note: The Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT has been designed for the
students who are willing to join in academic sector in IT.
Those who require to follow Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology should follow this
course in addition to the one of the three tracks namely developer, administrator or analyst as
an optional track.
They should participate in the subjects EN 2218 (Principles of Education), EN
2221(Educational Measurement) and EN 2224 (Educational Psychology) which are offered in
weekend Part time Higher National Diploma in English program to fulfill the course
requirements.
A special certificate will be awarded for those who have successfully completed the course.

Year 3 – Semester V
In-plant Training
Total Credits = 06 (GPA)
Total Months = 06
Note: The Internship in Information Technology in the field of Information Technology
consider as a compulsory course unit with the minimum duration of 15 consecutive
weeks/540hrs within a period of six months.

Training institute can be selected either by students or by the SLIATE through NAITA.
Refer Appendix 2 for the Guidelines for Internship (SLIATE) hand book.

17 | P a g e
HNDIT Part Time Program
Basis for time allocation in part time program:
01 lecture hour per week= 01 credit,
01 practical/tutorial+02 self-learning hours=01 credit

Summary of Curriculum outline for HNDIT

Course Summary

Total Hours/Week Credits


Year Semester Common Develop. Admin. Analyst
Core Track Track Track GPA NGPA Total

Year 1 Semester I 30 30 30 30 18 - 18

Year 1 Semester II 32 32 32 32 20 - 20

Year 2 Semester III 29 29 29 29 20 - 20

Year 2 Semester IV 34 34 34 34 23 - 23

Year 3 Semester V - - - - 06 - 06

Total 125 125 125 125 87 - 87

Total Number of Credits = 87(GPA), Total Number of Contact Hours=125

18 | P a g e
DETAILEDSYLLABUS- 2014

Year 1 – Semester I
L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT11012 Personal Computer Applications Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT11022 Computer Hardware Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT11034 Structured Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA

HNDIT11042 Data Representation and Organization Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT11052 Database Management Systems Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT11062 Web Development Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT11072 Mathematics for IT Common Core 01 01 01 02 GPA

HNDIT11082 English for Technology I Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

TOTAL 09 20 01 18

Total Credits = 18, Hours = 29

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

19 | P a g e
HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications

Module Code HNDIT11012 Module Title Personal Computer Applications


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 1
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 3
Semester 1 Module Type Core Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop skills and knowledge required in using computers in an office environment


for general office applications
Learning Outcomes

▪ At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe suitable types of software for general office application and simple work
automation
▪ Effectively use a word processing software application
▪ Effectively use a spreadsheet application
▪ Prepare presentation on computers
▪ Create and use simple databases on desktop environments

Outline Syllabus

1. Word processing fundamentals and application of word processing software


2. Spreadsheets and working with tabular data
3. Using presentation tools
4. Fundamentals of databases and using database applications for management of
small databases
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 20%

Assignment 2 - Individual 20%

Assignment 3 – Group 10%

20 | P a g e
End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects followed by hands-on


laboratory work and assignments
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with Internet access and necessary software development tools
installed.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Online training material available for Microsoft office suit fromhttp://office.microsoft.com

HNDIT1102: Computer Hardware

Module Code HNDIT11022 Module Title Computer Hardware


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 1 Module Type Core Module

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop the fundamental skills required in installation, configuration, maintenance and


management of personal computer systems and simple data communication devices in a
general office environment
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe how computer hardware components work with software components.
▪ Identify and install various hardware components and the software they need to
properly function.
▪ Describe and configure system resources within a computer system.
▪ Make technical assessments and describe faults and problems in a personal computer
▪ Describe the hazards to computer systems and take steps to prevent or control those
hazards.

21 | P a g e
▪ Perform various PC maintenance functions to ensure data safety prolong the life of the
PC

Outline Syllabus

1. External configuration and basic operations (Connecting components, powering up,


login,
a. Mounting / un-mounting external devices, shout down procedures etc.
2. Storage management – Folder structure and hierarchy, File and folder management,
Copying and moving files, formatting removable devices
3. Device installation, configuration and management (printers, scanners, modems)
4. System administration and management (Backup and restore, application installation
and uninstallation, user account and access management)
5. PC internal components and the modular design (System board, peripheral devices and
interfaces, add-on hardware interfaces etc.)
6. Assembling a PC

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 30%

Assignment 2 - Group 20%

End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, Assembling hardware components

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

PC Maintenance tool kit set. Defective Motherboards and expansion Cards

Prescribed Text

[1]. PC Upgrade and Maintenance Guide By Micro Hill


[2]. A+ GUIDE TO HARDWARE: Managing, Maintaining, and Troubleshooting

22 | P a g e
HNDIT1103: Structured Programming

Module Code HNDIT1103 Module Title Structured Programming


Credits 04 Hours /Week Lectures 30
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 1 Module Type Core compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

Envisage skills for the development of application programmes through systematic


problem solving skills
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Apply systematic approach to problem solving
▪ Design, compile and execute C++ programs to solve basic problems.
▪ Use appropriate data types for representation of data within a programme
▪ Use appropriate control structures for defining logical instruction flow
▪ explain the difference between call by value and call by reference
▪ understand the dynamics of memory by the use of pointers
▪ use different data structures and create/update basic data files

Outline Syllabus

1. Program design tools – Flow chart/pseudo codes


2. Introduction to C++ development environment
3. C++ Program Structure
4. Data types, Variables and Constants
5. Expressions, Statements, and Operators in C++
6. Language control structures (sequence, selection and repetition)
7. Branching and Recursion
8. Console I/O functions
9. Structured Data Type : Arrays

23 | P a g e
10. Functions
11. Pointers
12. Structures
13. File handling and File based input / output
14. Fundamentals of program testing and debugging

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Tutorials and lab assignments 20%


related to classroom teaching
Mini programming project 30%

End of semester Structured written paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Fundamentals covered in classroom teaching supported by laboratory assignment, e-Learning


materialand hands-on lab sessions
Self-guided mini programming project
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Access to computer lab with C++ development environment


Access to Internet and Online learning materials
Prescribed Text

[1]. Tony Gaddis and Barret Krupnow ,Starting out with C++ Brief:International Edition, Pearson,ISBN
9780321479709
[2]. Deitel and Deitel, C++ How To Program J. R. Hubbard, Schaum's outline of theory and problems of
programming with C++, McGraw-Hill, ISBN13: 9780070308374

24 | P a g e
HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization

Module Code HNDIT1104 Module Title Data Representation & Organization


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 1 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives

To enable the students to understand and describe how information and data are represented
inside a computer system
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the terms data, information, Weighted and non-weighted number systems
▪ Describe and use different number formats and convert data between different
number formats
▪ Describe and use appropriate coding schemes for data representation
▪ Describe and determine the precision and range associated with different numerical
representation
▪ Select appropriate coding and data representation scheme for a given application
considering their advantages, disadvantages and limitations.

Outline Syllabus

1. Basic-Weighted and non-weightednumbersystems and


Decimalrepresentationofnumericalvaluesandthe theory
/conceptbehinddecimalnumber system
2. Logic gates and Boolean algebra
3. Different types of number systems and symbols. Decimal to Binary Conversions /
Octal / Hexadecimal (& vice versa) and binary to Octal and Hexadecimal (& vice
versa). Binary Operations

25 | P a g e
4. Signed Integer Representation (Signed Magnitude, Complement Systems and
basic arithmetic)
5. Fixed and Floating-Point Representation
6. Character Codes (BCD, EBCDIC, ASCII, UNICODE)
a. Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In-class discussions, group work, 50%


Quizzes, Assignments and tutorials
End of semester Structured exam paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching of theoretical subject matter supported by group presentation, discussion,


assignments and tutorials.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

No special equipment required. However access to internet and reference text book will be
useful
Prescribed Text

[1]. The Essentials of Computer Organization and Architecture (fourth Edition), Linda Null and Julia Lobur ,
ISBN-13: 978-1284045611

HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems

Module Code HNDIT 1105 Module Title Database Management Systems


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 1 Module Type Common module

Module Aims & Objectives

26 | P a g e
Develop fundamental skills required in planning, organizing, and storage retrieval of
information in computer systems and skills required for managing / administrating small and
mid-range database systems.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the fundamental concepts in databases and data processing
▪ Analyze and systematically represent relationships in data records and perform data
modeling Create, populate and manage relational databases in desktop and server
environments
▪ Use query languages to populate, update and retrieve data from databases
▪ Implement basic security in database systems Outline Syllabus
▪ An introduction to data processing and databases Database management systems Data
analysis and Data modeling (ER diagrams and conceptual modeling)
▪ Relational models and normalizations
▪ Creating databases using GUI tools Query Languages (Standard Query language)
Introduction to database security
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to DBMS.
2. Database model& Scheme
3. Data Base Design ER model
4. Structure Query Language
5. Table normalization
6. Security concepts & introducing advanced database concepts

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Class assignments, Group activity, 50%


Team based activity and tutorials
End of semester Structured exam paper 50%
examination

27 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Student centered teaching learning activity use to achieve each outcomes

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Equipment, Tools and Materials Computer lab with Internet access, desktop database (such as
MS Access or compatible) Server with a SQL database (MSSQL Server or MySQL Server)
and management tools
Prescribed Text

[1]. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, (6th Ed.), Addison-Wesley,
Alison Anthony Butcher, Sams Teach Yourself MySQL in 21 Days
[2]. Balter, Teach yourself Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express in 24 Hours, Pearson Education

HNDIT1106: Web Development

Module Code HNDIT1106 Module Title Web Development


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 1 Module Type Core Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop skills required for using Internet and software tools associated with the Internet
for information search, retrieval, and networking for improving productivity at work.
To develop skills and knowledge required for development and deployment of simple
websites with static content.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the history and the development of the Internet
▪ Describe operation and governance in the Internet
▪ Connect a computer to the Internet using different connection options

28 | P a g e
▪ Use common Internet based applications such as WWW, email, FTP etc.
▪ Describe and use emerging applications and social networking tools (Face Book,
YouTube, Twitter etc.)
▪ Apply necessary security measures for transaction over the Internet
▪ Develop and deploy web site using HTML

Outline Syllabus

1. History and development of the Internet, How Internet operates and Internet
governance
2. Different ways of connecting to the Internet
3. Common Internet based applications (WWW, email, FTP etc.)
4. Types of web-sites (Static, Dynamic, Collaborative and Syndication etc.)
5. Migration from Web 1.0 to Web 2.0 and the differences between them
6. Modern Web applications (Social Networking, e-Commerce, e-Governance)
7. Data security issues in Internet (Viruses, Adware & Spyware, Trojan programs etc.)
8. Protecting data in the Internet
9. Mark up languages – HTML basics
10. Inserting images, links and Lists
11. Designing tables using HTML
12. Designing forms using HTML
13. Use of styles(CSS) and frames
14. Website development using a design tool
15. Deploying websites

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class participation and quizzes 20%

Design a web Site 30%

End of semester Structured question paper 50%


examination

29 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects followed by hands-on


laboratorywork and assignments
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory facility with Internet access


Prescribed Text

Text Books
[1]. Preston Gralla, How Internet Works (7th Edition), ISBN: 0789729733 , Que publishers

Internet Resources:
[2]. Wikipedia page on the Internet - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet
[3]. Wikipedia page on the History of the Internet - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_the_Internet
[4]. Wikipedia page on Web 2.0 - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_2.0
[5]. W3 Schools web site

HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT

Module Code HNDIT1107 Module Title Mathematics for IT


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 1 Module Type Core compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

 To introduce set theory and their algebraic relationships


 To introduce matrices and algebraic relationships and to enable the students to
understand multi-dimensional representation of data and information
 To provide core knowledge of Mathematics as a background in an advanced topics
such as Graphics & Multimedia, Probability & Statistics
 To guide students to apply appropriate mathematical knowledge and skills towards
solving problems that are beyond ordinary coursework

Learning Outcomes

▪ At the end of the module the student will be able to:

30 | P a g e
▪ Construct Sets and describe basic set operations
▪ Describe and use algebraic operations in Sets
▪ Identify relations and functions
▪ Examine the characteristics of relations and functions
▪ Describe the matrices and apply basic algebraic operations on matrices
▪ Solve systems of linear equations using matrices

Outline Syllabus

1. Sets and basic Set operations


2. Construction of Sets
3. Algebra of relations
4. Introduction to Functions
5. Types of Functions
6. Matrices and basic matrix operations
7. Singularity and Determinants
8. Systems of linear equations
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class assignments and quizzes 50%

Take home assignments and


tutorials
End of semester Structured exam paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom based teaching and learning supported by group discussions, tutorials and
assignments.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Internet resources and Mat lab version 7 will be helpful.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Internet Resource: http://www.sosmath.com Richard Johnsonbaugh, Discrete Mathematics, Prentice Hall,
2008

31 | P a g e
[2]. Richard Johnsonbaugh, Discrete Mathematics 6th ed. Macmillan. ISBN 0-13-045803-1
[3]. Keith Devlin, (2nd ed.) 1993. The Joy of Sets. Springer Verlag, ISBN 0-387-94094-4

HNDIT1108: English for Technology I

Module Code HNDIT1108 Module Title English for Technology


Credits 2 Lectures 4
GPA/NGPA NGPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial
Semester 1 Module Type Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
different tenses
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Read and understand texts written on different themes


 Guess the meanings of words from context and grasp the overall message ofthe text,
draw inferences etc.
 Improve listening skills so that it helps improve their pronunciation and
comprehension.
 Organize information under a given topic.

Outline Syllabus

 Tenses
 Prepositions
 Passive voice
 Determiners
 Developing paragraphs
 Informal letters
 Writing and Replying to invitations
 Drafting notices
 Writing-mails
 Memos
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

32 | P a g e
Continuous Assessment Take home assignment/written test/ 50%
Oral test

End of semester Final structured paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English with DVD , Pearson Longman


[2]. Balasubramanian T., A Text Book of English Phonetics for Indian students
[3]. K.R. Lakshmi Narayanan, English for Technical Students Vol. 1& 2 Sci tech Publications
[4]. Raymond Murphy Intermediate English Grammar 2nd Edition Cambridge University Press

Year 1 – Semester II
L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT1209 Object Oriented Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA

HNDIT1210 Graphics and Multimedia Common Core 01 04 - 03 GPA

HNDIT1211 Data Structures and Algorithms Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1212 Systems Analysis and Design Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1213 Data Communications and Networks Common Core 02 02 - 03 GPA

HNDIT1214 Statistics for IT Common Core 01 - 02 02 GPA

HNDIT1215 English for Technology II Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA

HNDIT1216 Human Values and Professional Ethics Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA

TOTAL 10 20 02 20

33 | P a g e
Total Credits = 20, Hours = 32

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

34 | P a g e
HNDIT1209 – Object Oriented Programming

Module Code HNDIT1209 Module Title Object Oriented Programming


Credits 04 Hours /Week Lectures 30
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 2 Module Type Core compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

Develop skills required to use JAVA programming language for software application
development
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Create simple to intermediate level software applications using the standard I/O
routines in JAVA.
▪ Understand and be able to apply the various data types and structures.
▪ Understand and use basic object oriented programming techniques.
▪ Understand and use procedural abstraction and top-down design.
▪ Identify possible types of errors and how to handle them
▪ Create programs that store and access data to and from files.
▪ Create simple Java applets for use in web pages.
▪ Understand multithreading in java

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to JAVA language and JAVA Programming environment


2. Data Types and Variables
3. Comments , documentation comments
4. Using Methods, Classes, and Objects
5. Conditions and Logical Expressions
6. Using repetition and selection statements
7. Strings and wrapper classes

35 | P a g e
8. Arrays and complex record structures
9. Exception handling
10. Inheritance, Polymorphism, Abstraction and Interfaces
11. Multithreading
12. Java Applets
13. Graphics in JAVA
14. Using Swing Components and libraries

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In-class assignments and quizzes 25%


(Individual)
Programming assignments(group) 25%

End of semester Structured/essay examination paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom based teaching on the theoretical aspects of the programming language supported by
group work, assignments and quizzes etc. Hands-on sessions through programming assignment
and lab sessions.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with necessary infrastructure and software tools installed. Access to
Internet and online courseware material
Prescribed Text

36 | P a g e
HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia

Module Code HNDIT1210 Module Title Graphics and Multimedia


Credits 03 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 2 Module Type Core compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

Develop skills required in designing and integration of multimedia content in software


applications.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Demonstrate different concepts of graphics and multimedia and select appropriate content
formats for a given application
▪ Apply different configuration and delivery related parameters in to multimedia content
creation and Editing
▪ Use common multimedia and image editing tools to create and edit multimedia contents
▪ Deploy multimedia content using different types of mediums.

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to multimedia and multimedia concepts


2. Types of multimedia (vector, raster, linear and nonlinear etc.)
3. Raster and Vector content
4. Typography
5. Audio, video and animation
6. Multimedia data compression schemes and standards
7. Multimedia delivery methods
8. Multimedia editing tools

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

37 | P a g e
Continuous Assessment In-class discussions, group work, 50%
Assignments and tutorials

End of semester Structured exam paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching of theoretical subject matter supported by group work, assignments and
tutorials.
Hands-on skills in multimedia development through take home assignments and laboratory
exercises
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with network, Internet access and graphic and multimedia development
tools installed
Access to audio / video and graphic input devices 9scanners, cameras, graphic tablets etc.)
Prescribed Text

[1]. Prabhat K. Andleigh , Prabhat K. Andleigh, Multimedia Systems Design, Prentice Hall ISBN: 01-30-8909-52
[2]. John Dimarco, Computer Graphics and Multimedia: Applications, Problems and Solutions, IGI Global,
ISBN:15-91-4026-62

Online Resources:
[3]. Learning materials from popular multimedia editing software vendors

HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms

Module Code HNDIT1211 Module Title Data Structures and Algorithms


Credits 02 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 2 Module Type Core Module

Module Aims & Objectives

38 | P a g e
To develop skills in selection and application of appropriate data structures for a given
data representation and to develop skills required for time and space analysis of
algorithms.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ understand and demonstrate the concept and philosophy behind different types of data
structures
▪ select and implement appropriate data structures using the features of a programming
languages
▪ analyze and optimize time and space complexity of algorithms

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Data Structure and Algorithm


2. Array Data Structure
3. Linked List Data Structure
4. Stack Data Structure
5. Queue Data Structure
6. Tree Data Structure
7. Sorting Algorithms
8. Searching Algorithms

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 30%

Assignment 2 - Group 20%

End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, group discussion/learning

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

39 | P a g e
C++ installed Personnel Computer

Prescribed Text

[1]. Data Structures and Algorithms in C++ by Michiel T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia& David Mount

HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design

Module Code HNDIT1212 Module Title System Analysis and Design


Credits 02 Hours /Week Lectures 1
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 2
Semester 2 Module Type Core compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

To provide an understanding of the role of systems analysis and design within various
systems development lifecycles
To develop an awareness of the different approaches that might be taken to systems
analysis and Design
To understand the activities of the systems analyst and systems designer, and apply some
current Techniques

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe different lifecycle models and explain the contribution of the systems analysis
and design with in them
▪ Discuss various approaches to systems analysis and design and explain their strengths
and weaknesses
▪ Evaluate the tools and techniques of systems analysis and design that may be used in a
given context
▪ Use appropriate methods and techniques to produce an analysis of a given scenario

40 | P a g e
▪ Use appropriate methods and techniques to produce a system design for an given
scenario
▪ Provide suitable documentation for systems analysis and design activities

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to System Analysis and Design


2. Software development lifecycles
3. Requirement elicitation and business analysis
4. System analysis and design tools
5. Logical Data flow Design
6. System testing
7. System conversion
8. System maintenance

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 20%

Case study 30%

End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom based teaching on the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by discussions,
group
work and tutorials
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Self-directed studies based in on-line resources, case studies and reports

Prescribed Text

[1]. Access to Internet and online resources (case studies and reports) Prescribed Text Bennett, S., McRobb, S.,
and Farmer, R Object-oriented systems analysis and design using UML, McGraw-Hill (3rd edition), 2006,
ISBN-13 978-0-0711000-0

41 | P a g e
[2]. Avison, D. and Fitzgerald, G. Information systems development: methodologies, techniques and
tools,McGraw-Hill (4th edition), 2006, ISBN-13 978-0-07-711417-6
[3]. Maciaszek, L.A Requirements analysis and systems design: developing information systems with
UML,Addison-Wesley (3rd edition) 2007
[4]. Yeates, D (editor) Business Analysis, The British Computer Society 2006, ISBN-13 978-1-902505-70-1

HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks

Module Code HNDIT1213 Module Title Data Communication and Computer


Networks
Credits 03 Hours /Week Lectures 30
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 2 Module Type Core Module

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop basic knowledge and skills required to understand basic principles of data
communication and networking in a computer environment.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe how computers are interconnected and operations of computer networks,
protocols used in computer networks.
▪ Identify and various hardware components used for computer networks and their
functionality.
▪ Describe the usage of computer networks and their advantages and configure networks
▪ Describe and identify practical implementation, troubleshooting and usage of computer
network in an organizational environment
▪ Maintain and monitor network operation on effective corporate network

Outline Syllabus

42 | P a g e
1. Basic concepts-Network fundamentals and advantages, intranet and internet concepts
2. Signal and Modulations-Analog and Digital transmission, AM, FM, Signal modulation
methods, Signal attenuation
3. Network Media-Coaxial, UTP, STP and wireless access methods, Fiber optics, Cable
crimping and testing
4. LAN components-NIC, Switches, HUB and routers, network design and
implementation
5. ISO Layered Architecture-All seven layers and header and trailers, functionalities,
TCP/IP
6. Protocols-Internet protocols with TCP/IP and other protocols, FTP, TELNET, DNS,
DHCP, SMTP, POP3, ARP and RARP
7. IP addressing-IPv4,IPv6, Subnet mask and network id and host id
8. Network Security-CID triads and security solution, Encryption, Digital signature

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 30%

Assignment 2 - Group 20%

End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, build simple computer network

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Network cards, Network Cables, Clipping tools, Cable Testers and RJ45 Clips etc, Electronic
work bench.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Data and Computer Communications, 10th Edition, By William Stallings Published by Pearson,
Copyright © 2014
[2]. Computer Networks , 5th Edition , by Andrew S. Tanenbaum, ISBN-13: 978-0132126953

43 | P a g e
HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT

Module Code HNDIT1214 Module Title Statistics for IT


Credits 02 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives

The aim of this module is to provide an introduction to the use of statistical methods for the
analysis IT related problems

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ To compute statistical parameters from raw data and observations
▪ To describe statistical parameters and their significance with respect to the nature of
raw data.
▪ To conduct systematic experiments using statistical techniques and explain the
interpretation of such experiments and their results.
▪ Use statistical techniques for data analysis

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Statistics
2. Frequently used terms in Statistics
3. Methods of Collecting Data
4. Methods of Sampling
5. Organization and Summarization of Data
6. Sigma Notation and its Properties
7. Measures of Location
8. Measures of Dispersion
9. Permutation and Combinations
10. Introduction to Probability
11. Rules of Probability
12. Tree Diagrams, Conditional Probabilities

44 | P a g e
13. Probability Distributions
14. Expected Value and Variance
15. Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distributions

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Discussion, Quiz, Presentation and 20%


Case Study
SEQ and Assignments( SPSS) 30%

End of semester Structured question paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom based teaching supported by discussions, group work, tutorials, SEQ, Quiz,
Presentations, cases study and assignments.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Use of SPSS or any statistical software package will be helpful.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Murray Spiegel, John Schiller, A. Srinivasan, Easy Outline of Probability and Statistics, McGraw-
Hill,ISBN:0071383417
[2]. Murray Spiegel, John Schiller, and R. Alu Srinivasan, Schaum's Outline of Probability and Statistics,
3rdEdition, McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 0071544259
[3]. Gunnar Blom, Probability and Statistics: Theory and Applications, Springer-Verlag, ISBN: 3540968520

HNDIT1215: English for Technology II

Module Code HNDIT1215 Module Title English for Technology


Credits 2 Lectures 4
GPA/NGPA NGPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial
Semester 2 Module Type Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

45 | P a g e
To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
some special elements in sentences
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Recognize different perspectives and assumptions in communication.


 Apply principles of good interpersonal communication
 Skills of persuasion and negotiation in communication.
 Ability to review and practice strategies for giving and receiving feedback.
 Draft effective business letters on different matters
 Explain industrial processes with adequate descriptions
 Form descriptive sentences and compound and complex sentences

Outline Syllabus

1. Clauses and Phrases


2. Conjunctions
3. Adjectives
4. Adverbs
5. Describing a process
6. formal letters
7. Narratives
8. Accounts on professional experience
9. comparison & contrast
10. Role-play
11. Telephone conversation

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Take home assignment/written test/ 50%


Oral test
End of semester Final structured paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

46 | P a g e
Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. English Skills for Technical Students, WBSCTE with British Council, OL
[2]. Essential Grammar in Use (with CD) Cambridge University Press, 2009
[3]. Farhathulla, T.M, Orient Blackswan, Communication skills for Technical Students, 2008
[4]. Robert J. Dixson, Everyday Dialogues in English, Prentice-Hall of India Ltd. 2006
[5]. Parvathi Nagasundaram , Essential Grammar CRC Printers

HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics

Module
Module Code HNDIT1216 Human Values and Professional Ethics
Title

Credits 2 Lectures 01 Pre-requisites None


Hours/Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorials 02 Co - requisites None

Semester 2 Module Core Module


Type

Course Outcome

 Enhance the students’ awareness, and knowledge about the Human Values and Professional
Ethics.
 Enrich the students to do their professional work with values and ethics in real world.
 Prepare the students to become a positive role model for others.

Objectives

a. To help the students to appreciate the essential complementarities between


‘VALUES’ and ‘SKILLS’ to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity which are the
core aspirations of all human beings.

b. To provide a systematic and rational understanding of Personal and Social


Responsibility, through both conceptual and application- oriented understanding.

47 | P a g e
c. To highlight plausible implication of such a holistic understanding in term of ethical
human conduct, trustful and mutually satisfying human behaviour and mutually
enriching interaction with nature.

Outline Syllabus

Module 1: Course Introduction – Need, Basic Guidelines, Content, Process for


Value Education and Character Development.

1. Understanding the need, basic guidelines, content and process for Value Education.

2. Self Exploration- what is it? – its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and
Experiential Validation’- as the mechanisms for self exploration.

3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspiration and Specific
Virtues.

 Responsibility, Initiative, Loyalty, Decisiveness, Honesty, Enthusiasm,


Punctuality, Dependability, Creativity, Patience, Tolerance, Courage,
Perseverance, Determination, Sensitivity, Caring, Respect, Benevolence,
Self-Discipline, Humility.

4. Right Understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities- the basic requirement for
fulfillment of aspiration of every human being with their correct priority.

5. Understand the value of managing the time - Concepts of time management,


Strategies to handle wasters and some Techniques, useful in Time Management.

Module 2: Understanding Harmony in Human Being and the Concept of


Positive Thinking and Managing Conflicts

6. Understanding human being as co- existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material
‘Body’.

7. Positive Thinking - What is an attitude?, Positive minded person, Negative minded


person, Importance of developing Positive Attitudes, Characteristics of a positive
thinking person, How to develop and maintain positive attitudes.

8. Anger Management - Types of Anger, Expressing Anger and Strategies for Anger
Management.

9. Solution of Student Conflicts - Meaning of Student Conflicts and Importance of


Conflict Solutions.

48 | P a g e
Module 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- harmony in
Human- Human Relationship.

10. Understanding harmony in the Family- the basic unit of human interaction.

11. Understanding the values in human- human relationship, Trust and Respect as the
foundational values of relationship.

12. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family).

13. Social Responsibility - Meaning of Responsibility and Social Responsibility, Levels


of Social Responsibility, Religious thoughts on Social Responsibility, Areas of Social
Responsibility, and Social Commitments.

14. Some Aspects of Industrial Psychology (IP) - Meaning of IP, IP and Personal &
Social Responsibility, Perception and Selective Perception, Fatigue, Monotony and
Boredom, Morale and Management of Impression.

Module 4: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on


Professional Ethics.

15. Natural acceptance of Human Value.

16. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct.

17. Competence in Professional Ethics:


a) Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting universal human
order.
b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people- friendly and eco-
friendly production systems, technologies and management models.
c) Definition of Business Ethics.
d) Ethical Decision Making Principles.
e) Characteristics of Ethical Behavior.

Assessment Type Activity Weighting


and
Weighting Individual Project 20%

Continuous Assessment Group Project and Presentation 80%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Practical samples should be given by using case studies, assignments, group activities,
presentations, role play, etc.

49 | P a g e
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials: Access to computer, Multimedia projector and
reference books.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Bajpai, B. L., 2004 Indian Ethos and Modern Management, New Royal Book Co, Lucknow. Reprinted
2008
[2]. Dhar, P. L., Gaur, R. R., 1990, Science and Humanism, Commonwealth Publishers.
[3]. Opatha, H.H.D.N.P. and Others, (2006), Personal and Social Responsibility, Department of Human
Resource Management, Faculty of Management Studies and Commerce, University of Sri
Jayewardenepura, Nugegoda, Sri Lanka.
[4]. Palekar, S., 2000, How to practice Natural Farming, Pracheen (Vaidik) Krishi Tantra Shodh, Amravati
[5]. R. R. Gaur, R. Sangal, G.P. Bagaria, 2009, Foundation course in Human Values and Professional Ethics,
Excel Books, New Delhi.
[6]. R. R. Gaur, R. Sangal, G.P. Bagaria, 2009, Foundation course in Human Values and Professional
Ethics- Teacher’s Manual, Excel Books, New Delhi
[7]. Tripathy, A. N. , 2003, Human Value, New Age International Publishers.

Year 2 – Semester III


L- Lecture, P/T- Practical/ Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Common Core

HNDIT2301 Operating Systems and Computer Security Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2302 IT Project Management Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2303 Principles of Management and Applied Common Core 01 02 02 GPA


Economics

HNDIT2304 Project(Group) Common Core 03 04 GPA

HNDIT2305 English for Technology III Common Core 01 03 02 GPA

Total 04 12 09

50 | P a g e
Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Developer Track Option

HNDIT2310 Rapid Application Development Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2311 Principals of Software Engineering Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2312 Object Oriented Analysis and Design Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total 03 10 08

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2320 Advanced Database Management Systems Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2321 Data Communication and Network – II Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2322 Enterprise Information Security Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA

Total 03 10 08

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2330 Introduction to Business Analysis Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2331 Management Information Systems Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2332 E-Commerce Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total 03 10 08

51 | P a g e
Total Credits = 17 (Common Core =09, Track Elective= 08), Hours= 29 (Common Core =16, Track
Elective= 13)

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.
Supervision of Project (Group): Group-Maximum 5 students, Maximum 3 Groups per Lecturer

HNDIT2301: Operating System and Information Security

Operating System and Information


Module Code HNDIT2301 Module Title Security
Credits 2 Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Core

Module Aims & Objectives

To provide skills and knowledge in issues related to computer and information security and
develop the ability to take necessary actions in securing computer systems and information.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ State the basic concepts in information security


▪ Explain concepts related to applied cryptography.
▪ Explain the concepts of malicious code, including virus, Trojan horse, and worms.
▪ Explain common vulnerabilities in computer programs and take necessary
remedial actions Outline the requirements and mechanisms for identification and
authentication and explain issues about password authentication.
▪ Explain and compare security mechanisms for conventional operating systems.
▪ Describe security requirements for database security.
▪ Describe threats to networks, and explain techniques for ensuring network security.

52 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. Basic concepts in computer security – threats, vulnerabilities, risks and controls etc.
2. Basic cryptography.
3. Program security – Flaws and Defenses.
4. Security in conventional operating systems and trusted operating systems.
5. Database management systems security.
6. Network security.
7. Management of security.

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In Class participation, group work and 20%


discussions
Tutorials and take home assignments, 30%
including self-directed research on
Internet
End of semester Final structured examination paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode: classroom based teaching and activities inclusive of group work, discussions and tutorials,
Self-directed research, case studies and hands-on session in structured laboratory environment.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer Laboratory with internet facilities.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Charles P. Pfleeger and Shari L. Pfleeger. Security in Computing (3rd edition). Prentice-Hall. 2003. ISBN:
0-13-035548-8

HNDIT23022: IT Project Management

Module Code HNDIT23022 Module Title IT Project Management


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30

53 | P a g e
Semester 3 Module Type Core
Module Aims & Objectives

To develop an appreciation of key, generic project management concepts and techniques as


well as those techniques and approaches those are specific to the management of software
projects.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Explain how a project can be broken down into stages and what each stage contributes to the
project.
 Select appropriate techniques to use in different stages of a project.
 Justify the appropriateness of these techniques, and apply them to practical situations.
 Explain the limitations of the project approach in developing information/software systems.
 Explain the roles and responsibilities of a project manager.
 Identify relevant software tools for different project management activities.

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to project management and the profile of a software project


2. Project Integration Management
3. Scope Management
4. Time Management
5. Cost Management
6. Quality Management
7. Human Resource Management
8. Communications Management
9. Risk Management
10. Procurement Management
11. Roles and responsibilities of a project Manager

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In Class participation, group work 50%


and Tutorials

54 | P a g e
End of semester Final structured examination paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode: classroom based teaching and activities inclusive of group work, discussions and
tutorials,
Self-directed learning: students are expected to learn features of common project management
software through self-learning material supplied with the application package.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Self-learning activities require a computer laboratory with Project Management software installed
and having Internet access.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Information Technology Project Management” Kathy Schwalbe, Sixth Edition, THOMSON Course
Technology, (ISBN 81-315-0123-X)
[2]. Steve McConnell, Software Project Survival Guide, Microsoft Press, ISBN: 1572316217
[3]. Harold Kerzner, Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling,
Wiley; 8th edition, ISBN: 0471225770

HNDIT2303: Fundamentals of Management and Economics

Module Code HNDIT2303 Module Title Fundamentals of Management and


Economics

Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 30


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 15
Semester 3 Module Type Core
Module Aims & Objectives

To Enrich the students with fundamental knowledge required for supporting management
information systems and managerial decision making.

To enhance the student’s awareness, and knowledge about the working context in an organization.
Learning Outcomes

55 | P a g e
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
▪ Recognize organizational environment and apply management theories.
▪ Identify the skills needed by managers and managerial roles.
▪ Recognize the importance of human resource management and motivation theories.
▪ Apply economic principles in day to day business operations.

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Management.
2. Introduction to Organization and Organization Environment.
3. Evolution of Management Thought.
4. Managerial Decision Making and Problem Solving.
5. The Process of Planning.
6. The Process of Organizing.
7. The Process of Leading.
8. The Process of Controlling.
9. Importance of Economics.
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In-class participation and activities 50%


Tutorials and assignments.
End of semester Final structured examination paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode – classroom based teaching supported by group work, discussions and tutorial
assignments.
Self-directed learning through take-home assignments and reading.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Self-learning activities require with Internet access.


Prescribed Text

[1]. Management (6th edition), By James A.F. Stoner & R. Edward Freeman, ISBN: 81-297-0252-5, Prentice
Hall
th
[2]. Economics(10 edition),ByLipsey&Chrystal ISBN:0-1956-6902-1,OxfordUniversityPress.

56 | P a g e
HNDIT 2304: Project (Group)

Module Code HNDIT2304 Module Title Project (Group)

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 3 Module Type Optional for Analyst track
Module Aims & Objectives

To provide the students the experience of a software development project in a team environment,
that is close to the environment in the IT industry.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ To work productively as a team
▪ Design and implement a complex project as a team
▪ Present the project to a technical audience.

Outline Syllabus

1. Formats of the key milestones of the Project


2. Project Proposals
3. Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final
4. Development, Testing, and Implementation
5. Structure of the Report
a. Introduction
b. System Analysis
c. System Design
d. Development
e. Testing
f. Implementation
g. Evaluation and Conclusion
h. References

57 | P a g e
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Project Proposal 10%

Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form 10%


Interim presentation/ Poster 20%
presentation
Final Presentation 30%

Final product demonstration 30%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Refer detailed guidelines.(Page 189)


Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Refer detailed guidelines. (Page 189)


Prescribed Text

HNDIT2305: English for Technology III

Module Code HNDIT2305 Module Title English for Technology


Credits 2 Lectures 4
GPA/NGPA NGPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
communicative situations
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Communication skills in a safe, interactive environment.


 Exercise ethical considerations in the development and presentation of ideas.
 Making effective presentations
58 | P a g e
 Develop effective speech introductions and conclusions.
 Develop useful advertising language.
 Skills of keeping formal records of meetings.

Outline Syllabus

Grammar
Compound and Complex Sentences
Modals
Conditionals
Speaking& Listening
Presentation skills
Conducting Meetings
Making a speech
Reading
Intensive and Extensive Reading based on material related to technology
Writing
Preparing Agenda’s and Minutes
Preparing Advertisements
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Take home assignment/written test/ 50%


Oral test

End of semester Written exam 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. Meenakshi Raman &Sangeetha Sharma Technical Communication-Principles and Practice


Oxford University Press,New Delhi(2004)

[2]. Barker A. Improve Your Communication Skills Kogan Page India vt Ltd, New Delhi

[3]. Adrian Doff and Christopher Jones Language in Use (Upper Intermediate) Cambridge
University Press, Asian edition

59 | P a g e
Developer Track Option
HNDIT2310: Rapid Application Development

Module Code HNDIT2310 Module Title Rapid Application Development

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track option

Module Aims & Objectives

To provide a firm foundation on Rapid Application Development concepts to familiarize with


software development using common RAD tools and environments.
To develop skills and knowledge required for development and deployment RAD Project in Real
Time
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Explain Rapid Application Development (RAD) concepts.
▪ Determine environments where RAD is suitable and applicable.
▪ Use RAD tools and environments for software application development.
▪ Develop Project using RAD tools.
Outline Syllabus

HNDIT2311: Principles of Software Engineering

Module Code HNDIT2311 Module Title Principles of Software Engineering

Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track option

Module Aims & Objectives

60 | P a g e
To impart
1. Traditional
a firm understanding
and modern application
of what it means
development
to be a software
methods,engineer
their advantages
and to develop
and skills
in usingdisadvantages,
best practices through
workingthe
with
software
RAD GUI.
development life cycle.
2. Interface
Learning design for RAD applications using a common RAD.
Outcomes
3. end
At the Issues in RAD
of the & RAD
module tools. will be able to:
the student
4. Selection & Decision in VB.Net.
▪ Explain the principles of software engineering and appreciate the need for engineered
5. Methodologies commonly
process in software used in Rapid Application Development and RAD life
development.
cycles.
▪ Understand and be fluent in the use of software engineering terminology and
6. Basic Object oriented Programing Concepts.
nomenclature.
7. Different methods of providing database integration and connectivity into an
▪ Be capable of intelligently communicating with most members in a software
application.
development organization (management, analysts, architects, developers).
8. Develop database connectivity layers into an application.
▪ Be able to create and use planning, requirements analysis, domain analysis and design
9. Components of service oriented application architectures in a RAD environment.
artifacts and carry them into code.
10. Deployment technique for RAD applications and environments.
▪ Be capable of taking on the role of systems analyst in a software development
Assessment Weight
organization.
▪ Be able to document allActivity
Type Weighting
phases of the software development processes.

Continuous Assessment
Outline Syllabus In class participation and quizzes 10%

1. Introduction to softwareSelf-directed
engineering.RAD Development 40%
Project
End2.of semester
Softwareexamination
development life cycle –question
Structures from requirements
paper analysis 50%
to software design,
Coding, testing, maintenance etc.
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
3. Software requirement specification – different models for identifying software
RAD concepts, best practices and other related theoretical aspects will be carried through
requirements.
class-room teaching
4. Software supported
design by group work, case study based reading assignments.
methodologies.
To develop hands-on
5. Coding skills students will engage in a structured RAD application development
and documentation.
project during thetesting.
6. Software laboratory sessions.
Resources: Equipment,
7. Software Tools and Materials
project management.
8. Software
Computer configuration
laboratory management.
with Internet access, RAD development tools and reference material
Assessment Weight
Prescribed Text
Type
Internet Resources:
Activity Weighting
[1]. http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/2x7h1hfk.aspx
Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 – Individual 30%
Text Books

61 | P a g e
[2]. Whitten, Jeffrey L.; Lonnie D. Bentley, Kevin
Assignment 2 - C. Dittman. (2004). Systems Analysis
Group 20% and Design methods.
6th edition. ISBN 025619906X.
End[3]. Steven McConnell,
of semester Rapid Development,
examination WP Publishers
Final Structured Paper & Distributors (P) 50%Ltd. ISBN: 81-7853-013-9

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode – classroom based teaching supported by discussions, group work and tutorial
assignments Self-directed learning – through reading assignments and study of documented
case studies.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

No special requirements – self-directed learning component would require computer facilities


with Internet access.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Shari Lawrence Pfleeger and Joanne M. Atlee, Software Engineering, Theory and Practice, 3 rd
edition, ISBN: 0-13-146913-4 R. Pressman
[2]. Software Engineering- A Practitioners Approach, , McGraw Hill , Ion Sommerville

HNDIT2312: Object Oriented Analysis and Design

Module Code HNDIT2312 Module Title Object Oriented Analysis and Design

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track option

Module Aims & Objectives

To enrich students with fundamental concepts in Object Oriented Analysis and Design.
To develop skills required in developing software using Object Oriented concepts and
paradigms.
Learning Outcomes

62 | P a g e
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
▪ Describe Object Oriented Analysis and Design concepts and apply them to solve
problems.
▪ Prepare Object Oriented Analysis and Design documents for a given problem using
Unified Modeling Language.
▪ Develop software in C++ using Object Oriented Design principals
Outline Syllabus

1. Object Oriented Concepts


2. Object oriented programming in C++
3. Object Oriented Analysis and Modeling
4. Software Development Process
5. Creating Use Case Diagrams & class diagrams
6. Object Diagrams and Composite Structure Diagrams
7. Object Oriented Design and Modeling using UML
8. Working with State diagrams
9. Discovering Object Interactions & activity diagrams.
10. Object Oriented Analysis and Design Project
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class activities, discussions, 15%


group work and tutorials
Object Oriented Analysis and 35%
Design Project
End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode – Theoretical concepts in Object oriented analysis and design will be taught in
the class room supported by group work and tutorial assignments.
Students will learn to apply these theories in practical situations and will learn Object Oriented
Programming in C++ based on self-directed and structured programming assignments during
the laboratory sessions.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

63 | P a g e
Computer laboratory with Internet access and Object Oriented Modeling tools and C++
programming environment installed.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Jeffrey L. Whitten, Lonnie D., Systems Analysis and Design Methods, 7th edition Tata McGraw-Hill,
2007, ISBN 0-07-058224-6.
[2]. Joseph Schmuller, Teach Yourself UML in 24 Hours, 3rd Edition, , Pearson Education, 2004, ISBN 81-
297-0609-1
[3]. Paul J. Deitel, Visual C++ 2008 How to Program (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall; 2 edition, ISBN:
0136151574

Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2320: Advanced Database Management Systems

Module Code HNDIT2320 Module Title Advanced Database Management


Systems

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track

Module Aims & Objectives

To expand and deepen knowledge for the relational database model and to develop knowledge
for alternative database models, including object-oriented, object-relational, and semi-structured
information (XML) approaches.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Apply a stepwise refinement methodology for transforming a complex conceptual
model into a database schema.

64 | P a g e
▪ Describe how the performance of a database can be monitored and improved and
discuss and apply approaches for identifying and improving a database’s performance.
▪ Discuss and apply concurrency control and describe major kinds of concurrency
problems.
▪ Describe the major features of Object-Oriented Database Management Systems and
discuss when OODBMS are appropriate, discus Object-Relational model and the
problems it seeks to address.
▪ Create and query simple XML documents, stored in a relational database and discuss
the major approaches for integrating XML and design database applications that use
both the relational and semi-structured data models.

Outline Syllabus

1. Overview of database management.


2. The Relational Model: The relational data structure and the relational operators.
3. Design Techniques: Entity relationship models and normalization.
4. Methodology - Conceptual and Logical Database Design.
5. Physical Database Design.
6. Object-Relational Databases XML/DB Integration.
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class participation, discussions 20%


and group work
Tutorials and assignments 30%
End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode – Classroom based teaching of the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by
structured lab sessions on practical aspects.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with necessary database tools installed and having Internet access.

65 | P a g e
Prescribed Text

[1]. Connolly, T. M. &Begg, C. E. (2005). Database Systems: A Practical Approach to Design,


Implementation, and Management (4th Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing. ISBN: 0321210255

HNDIT2321: Data Communication and Network – II

Module Code HNDIT2321 Module Title Data Communication and Network – II

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track
Module Aims & Objectives

Provide in-depth ad practical knowledge on current Local Area and Enterprise Networks and the
newer and evolving high speed network technologies and protocols.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe essential network topologies, and transmission media and media access control
protocols.
▪ Describe, design and implement traditional Local Area networking topologies.
▪ Describe and use newer technologies such as Gigabit Ethernet, FDDI, Fiber Channel, ATM
LAN Emulationand Wireless LANS.
▪ Monitor and measure LAN/MAN Performance.
▪ Understand, install and configure LAN Switches, Bridges, Routers; and Internetworking with
TCP/IP, joining subnets into a larger enterprise network.
Outline Syllabus

1. Basics of Computer Networks.


2. LAN Communication Concepts - Client Server Information Systems.
3. OSI and IEEE 802.x Reference Models.
4. LAN Topologies & Transmission.
5. Structured Cabling Systems.
6. Internet Client/Server Structure.

66 | P a g e
7. Ethernet standards - 100 Mbps Ethernet LANs, 100BASE-T, Switched Ethernet, 100VG-
AnyLAN, Gigabit Ethernet.
8. FDDI Protocols and Station Management, Fiber Channel, Fire wire, and SANs.
9. Wireless Networks & LAN Remote Access.
10. Bridges and Switches & routing, Spanning Tree Algorithm.
11. Internetworking, IP, & Routers, Layer 3 and IP Switching, Routing Algorithms.
12. Enterprise Networks - Virtual LANs, VPN Tunneling.
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 30%

Assignment 2 - Group 20%


End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode – Classroom based teaching supported by discussion, group work and tutorials
will be used as primary mode of teaching.
Hands-on skills and practical exposure to be developed through structured laboratory classes
andassignments..
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer lab with networking. Access to networking equipment, training modules and simulator
models.
Prescribed Text

[2]. Kadambi, J.; Crawford, I.; and M. Kalkunte, Gigabit Ethernet: Migrating to Higher-Bandwidth LANs,
Prentice Hall, 1998, ISBN: 0-13-913286-4
[3]. Goldman, James E., Local Area Networks: A Client/Server Approach, J. Wiley & Sons, 1997, ISBN: 0-471-
14162-3
[4]. Stallings, William, Local & Metropolitan Area Networks, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 1996, ISBN: 0-13-
190737-9

67 | P a g e
HNDIT2322: Enterprise Information Security

Module Code HNDIT2322 Module Title Enterprise Information Security

Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track

Module Aims & Objectives

The course is aimed at imparting knowledge and skill sets required to assume the overall
responsibilities of administration and management of security of an enterprise information
system. The course is aimed at developing capabilities to do the following:

 Carry out a detailed analysis of enterprise security by performing various types of


analysis such as vulnerability analysis, penetration testing, audit trail analysis, system
and network monitoring, and configuration management.
 Carry out detailed risk analysis and assessment of enterprise systems using various
practical and theoretical tools.
 Design detailed enterprise wide security plans and policies, and deploy appropriate
safeguards (models, mechanisms and tools) at all the levels by providing due
consideration to the life-cycle of the enterprise information systems and networks, as
well as its legal and social environment.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Analyze the security risks of a specific information system.
▪ Set up appropriate security goals for the system.
▪ Implement appropriate security technologies in a network environment or information
system to achieve the set security goals and eliminate the identified security risks.

68 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Enterprise Information Security


2. Cryptography and Cryptology.
3. Authentication and Access Control
4. Security Standards and Protocols
5. Systems Security , Web Security and Email Security
6. Information Security Management
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class activities, discussions, 30%


group work and tutorials
Take home assignments and 20%
structured laboratory assignments
End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode – Classroom based teaching on the theoretical content supported by discussions,
group work, tutorials and assignments Self-directed learning through online resources and
case-study based readings.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

No special requirements – Computer facility with Internet access is required for self-directed
learning activities.
Prescribed Text

[1]. William Stallings, Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall,
ISBN: 0130160938
[2]. Harold F. Tipton, Information Security Management Handbook, Fourth Edition, Auerbach Publications,
ISBN: 10: 0849398290

69 | P a g e
Analyst Track Option
HNDIT2330: Introduction to Business Analysis

Module Code HNDIT2330 Module Title Introduction to Business Analysis


Credits 2 Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Analyst track compulsory module

Module Aims & Objectives

To provide students with an understanding of the role of the Business Analyst and the
skills required by a person in this role.
To develop understanding of basic approaches used in the business analysis process.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the role of the business analyst.
▪ Describe skills and competencies of a business analyst.
▪ Describe objectives and procedures for each stage of the business analysis process
model.
▪ List and explain techniques used in each process model stage.
▪ Demonstrate practical capability in investigative techniques.
▪ Build business activity models, identify business rules, CSFs and KPIs.
▪ Unified Data Modeling Language.

Outline Syllabus

70 | P a g e
1. Introduction to the role of the business analyst.
2. The business analysis process model.
3. Requirements engineering
4. Investigation Techniques
5. Business process modeling
6. Unified Modeling Language
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Continuous Assessment In class activities, discussions, 30%
group work and tutorials
Object Oriented Analysis and 20%
Design Project / Case study
End of semester Structures question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

It is essential that students put into practice what they learn. Business analysis is a very hands-
on field and is still evolving as business analysts learn from interactions with stakeholders.
It is essential for the business analyst to have a firm grasp of the theory but even more
important to be able to be flexible with that knowledge and adapt it to the task at hand. Hence
more time will be spent in weekly tutorials and doing assignments than in lectures. It will be
necessary for lecturers to construct appropriate case studies that will lead to learning.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Microsoft Visio / Rational Rose

Prescribed Text

[1]. Debra Paul, Donald Yeates and James Cadle (2010) "Business Analysis", British Information Society
Limited, ISBN : 978-1-906124-61-8

71 | P a g e
HNDIT2331: Management Information Systems

Module Code HNDIT2331 Module Title Management Information Systems

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15


GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide an understanding of the need for Management Information systems in


different organizations, how information management helps decision making
process.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the organizational and management structures in an organization
▪ Describe deferent management processes
▪ Identify the requirement of information system in management decision making
▪ Conduct systematic information strategy formulation
▪ Understanding social, ethical and legal issues related to information management.
Outline Syllabus

1. provide Introduction to Information Systems


2. Information in Global business
3. Business Landscape
4. Information strategy
5. Structure of information system
6. Enterprise Applications development
7. Information strategy
8. Immerging Technologies related to Management Information
9. Management In formations and legal issues
10. Management Information and Ethics
11. Introduction to knowledge Management.
Assessment Weight

72 | P a g e
Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Tutorials related to classroom teaching 20%

Assignments 30%

End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Fundamentals covered in classroom teaching supported by group work, discussions, tutorials


and e-Learning material.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Nospecialtool.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Management Information Systems - The digital firm-9th edition - Laudon &Laudon

HNDIT2332: E-Commerce

Module Code HNDIT2332 Module Title E- Commerce


Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Analyst track

Module Aims & Objectives

To create a comprehensive awareness of e-commerce (e-business), beginning with the


basics and working toward and facilitating a wide understanding and appreciation of e-
commerce (e-business) applications.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

73 | P a g e
▪ Demonstrate an awareness of the main components and concepts of e-commerce, and
the vital role it plays in modern business practice.
▪ Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of ecommerce, and the ability to apply
these concepts in application to selected examples and business cases.
▪ Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and applications of e-commerce, via a
“hands on” experience in developing and presenting a team e-business plan project.
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to E-Commerce.
2. E-Commerce, E-Marketplaces.
3. Online Retailing & Application.
4. Online Marketing & Research.
5. Consumer Behavior, CRM.
6. Online Advertising and revenue generation.
7. Launching an online business: Architecting and e-Business & Website Design.
8. Social networks, online conversations.
9. Order fulfilment, Content Management, and Other support services.
10. Electronic Payment Systems.
11. Privacy, Security and Legal Issues.
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Weekly laboratory exercises 10%

Construction of an interactive web site 40%

End of semester examination Structures question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode : Classroom based teaching supported by group activities and tutorials and assignments.
Hands on exposure through structured laboratory assignments
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Access to a computer, access to the Internet

Prescribed Text

74 | P a g e
[1]. Efraim Turban, et al., Introduction to E-Commerce, a Managerial Perspective

Year 2 – Semester IV
Common Core L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

Core

HNDIT2401 Computer Architecture Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2402 Free and Open Source Systems Common Core 01 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2403 Professional Issues in IT Common Core 02 02 GPA

HNDIT2404 Project(Individual) Common Core 01 03 06 GPA

HNDIT2405 English for Technology IV Common Core 01 03 02 GPA

Total Common Core 06 13 14

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT2411 Enterprise Architecture Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Software Configuration
HNDIT2412 Management Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2413 Web Application Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2414 Computer Graphics and Animation Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2415 Digital Image Processing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2416 Digital Video and Audio Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2417 MobileApplication Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

75 | P a g e
Developer Track Option

Administrator Track Option

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT2421 Server Administration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Network and Data Centre


HNDIT2422 Operations Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Disaster Recovery & Business


HNDIT2423 Continuity Planning Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2424 DatabaseAdministration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2425 Database Programming Project Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

Analyst Track Option

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status

HNDIT2431 Software Testing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2432 Technical Report Writing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2433 Software Quality Assurance Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2434 Business Analysis - Tools & Processes Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2435 System Analysis Case Study Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

Total Credits = 23 (Common Core =14, Track Elective= 09)

Hours= 34 (Common Core =19, Track Elective= 15)

Students are required to obtained 14 credit from common core and 09 credits from the selected
track options (Developer, Administrator or Analyst)

76 | P a g e
Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.
Supervision of Project (Individual): Lecturer who supervise 5 projects may allocate 1 hour(Max:
03Hours)

Hours

Module Code Module Title Module Type T P T Credits Status

HNDIT2441 Teaching Methodologyfor IT Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2442 Principles of Education Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2443 Educational Measurement Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

HNDIT2444 Educational Psychology Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA

Total Credits required 03 12 09

Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT

Note: Those who follow the Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT should participate
with the subjects EN 2218 (Principles of Education), EN 2221(Educational Measurement) and EN
2224 (Educational Psychology) which are offered in weekend Part time Higher National Diploma
in English program to fulfill the course requirements.

77 | P a g e
Common Core
HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture

Module Code HNDIT2401 Module Title Computer Architecture


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 4 Module Type Core

Module Aims & Objectives

To provide knowledge on the basic structure of a digital computer and the operation of the
organization of the Control unit, the Arithmetic and Logical unit, the Memory unit and the I/O
unit
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe how computer do calculations and make logical decisions using gates and
circuits.
▪ Describe the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.
▪ Explain in detail the operation of the CPU.
▪ Explain in detail the Instruction Execution Cycle and Performance Evaluation.
▪ Explain in detail the different types of control and the concept of pipelining.
▪ Explain the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
▪ Explain the different ways of communicating with I/O devices and standard I/O
interfaces.
▪ Explain SIMD and MIMD architectures and the need for parallel processing.
Outline Syllabus

1. Logic Gates and Boolean algebra


2. Organization of the classical von Neumann machine and its major functional units.
3. Internal Components of CPU and its functions
4. Instruction Execution Cycle and Stages of Instruction Execution Cycle
5. Performance improvement by Pipelining. Pipeline Hazards

78 | P a g e
6. hierarchical memory system, Virtual Memory, Cache memories, temporal and spatial
locality
7. Storage systems and their technology (RAM Types, ROM Types, HDD, DVD, BD,
SSD)
8. I/O fundamentals: handshaking, buffering, programmed I/O, interrupt-driven I/O
9. Discuss the concept of parallel processing beyond the classical von Neumann model.
10. Performance improvement by Parallel processing, SIMD and MIMD architectures
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 – Individual 30%

Assignment 2 - Group 20%

End of semester examination Structures question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode: Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, Simulators.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Personal Computer, Digital Circuit simulators.

Prescribed Text

[2]. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for Performance”

[3]. David A.Patterson and John L.Hennessy, “Computer Organization and Design: The hardware / software

[4]. interface”,JohnP.Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill

HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source System

Module Code HNDIT2402 Module Title Free and Open Source System
Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 4 Module Type Core

79 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives

To make aware the students to understand and use open source system that spreading all over the world.

Learning Outcomes

▪ At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the concepts of FOSS and FOSS business models
▪ Describe the legal and ethical implications of FOSS
▪ Estimate and evaluate the cost and benefits of using FOSS solutions
▪ Working with open source Operating system and their distributions.
▪ Working and installing with FOSS business applications.
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to FOSS business model and history


2. Introduction to Linux Operating System
3. Common Linux commands
4. Linux editors and local users
5. Linux security model and network configuration
6. Install and deploy the services
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 20%

Assignment 2 – Individual(Lab) 20%

Assignment 2 – Group(Lab) 10%

End of semester examination Structures question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

First understand the theoretical concepts and directions through classroom based activities.
Students get the experience by install and deploy the Foss applications.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Example resources, tools

80 | P a g e
 Computer laboratory with Internet Access and access to FOSS tools and software
 Centos installation and configuration guide
 Virtual Box to work with different Linux distribution
 Server world web site to get more configuration details
http://www.server-world.info/en/
Prescribed Text

[1]. Michael Overly, The Open Source Handbook, Pike & Fischer, ISBN: 0937275123
[2]. Joseph Feller, Brian Fitzgerald, Scott A. Hissam, and Karim R. Lakhani, Perspectives on Free and Open
Source Software, The MIT Press, ISBN: 0262062461
[3]. Paul Kavanagh, Open Source Software: Implementation and Management, Digital Press; ISBN:
1555583202

HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT

Module Code HNDIT2403 Module Title Professional Issues in IT

Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 30

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial

Semester 4 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic understanding of ethical and legal issues that arise due to
informationtechnology in general and in particular the Sri Lankan context, as expected
from an individualwho has either recently started or about to start as an IT worker

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to

 Describe the history of computing and the Internet and list the contributions of key
pioneers

81 | P a g e
 Compare and contrast human society and life before and after the advent of information
technology
 Describe the ethical and legal issues that arise due to information technology, i.e.,
intellectual property and its protection; accountability, reliability, safety; crime and
jurisdiction; privacy and data protection; professional ethics and responsibility
 Describe the key points in current Sri Lankan laws that cover information technology
 Demonstrate the understanding of key issues/concepts like digital divide, accessibility,
free and-open-source software, freedom of expression online and censorship/regulation
Outline Syllabus

1. History of information technology – worldwide and in Sri Lanka.


2. How individual lives and society change due to information technology– worldwide
and in Sri Lanka.
3. Ethical and legal issues in information technology (worldwide).
4. Overview of information technology related laws and legislation in Sri Lanka.
5. Other topics under social aspects of information technology.

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class activities, discussions and 15%


tutorials

Group work 35%

End of semester examination Structured question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Students should be assigned reading from relevant book chapters and or websites; some of this
work may be required to complete their assignments. Assignments should not be designed to
allow direct copying from text, notes or other sources; rather they can be open-ended
hypothetical cases where students can argue from different views and justify their conclusions.
The group assignment can be a more involved one in which substantially more effort is
required than other assignments; other than covering the subject matter, team work and

82 | P a g e
communication skills will also needed to complete this assignment. As additional material,
multimedia resources (news, documentary/movie clips) that are freely available as well as
relevant creative work (fiction, films etc) can be recommended to students. The idea is to make
the subject matter interesting to them and show relevant examples.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Students must have access to the Internet. Relevant Sri Lankan Acts of Parliament should be
made available to students (soft copies are acceptable), not expecting them to read fully but
with key points emphasized. Some web resources are listed below.

• Computer and Information Ethics at http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/ethics-computer/

• Computer Ethics at http://library.thinkquest.org/26658/

• BCS Code of Conduct & Code of Good Practice at


http://www.bcs.org/server.php?show=nav.10967

• ACM Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct at http://www.acm.org/about/code-of-ethics

Prescribed Text

[1]. No single text book will serve the needs. The following is recommended for general ethical and legal
issues.Computer Ethics, 3rd Edition, Deborah G. Johnson, Indian edition, Pearson Education India,
2007, ISBN:978-8-17-758593-3. (as of now, 4th Edition only as a US publication from Pearson
Education, ISBN: 978-0-13-111241-4, http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Computer-
Ethics/9780131112414.page)
[2]. A Gift of Fire: Social, Legal, and Ethical Issues for Computing and the Internet, 3rd Edition, Sara Baase,
Prentice Hall, 2008, ISBN: 978-0-13-600848-4,
http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Giftof-Fire-A-Social-Legal-and-Ethical-Issues-for-
Computing-and-the-Internet/9780136008484.page andhttp://www-rohan.sdsu.edu/faculty/giftfire/
[3]. Ethics for the Information Age, 4th Edition, Michael J. Quinn, Addison Wesley, 2010, ISBN: 978-0-13-
213387-6, http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Ethics-for-the-Information-
Age/9780132133876.page

83 | P a g e
HNDIT2404: Project (Individual)

Module Code HNDIT2304 Module Title Project(Individual)

Credits 6 Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 45

Semester 3 Module Type Optional for Analyst track

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the students the experience of a software development project individually for a
real environment, that is close to the environment in the IT industry

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ To work productively as a team


▪ Design and implement a complex project as a team
▪ Present the project to a technical audience
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to research proposal & writing proposal


2. Introduction to research methodology.
3. Citation methods.
4. Introduction to project writing.
5. Formats of the key milestones of the Project
6. Project Proposals
7. Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final
8. Development, Testing, and Implementation
9. Structure of the Report
a. Introduction
b. System Analysis

84 | P a g e
c. System Design
d. Development
e. Testing
f. Implementation
g. Evaluation & Conclusion
h. References

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Project Proposal 10%

Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form) 10%

Interim presentation/ Poster presentation 20%

Final Presentation 30%

Final product demonstration 30%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Refer detailed guidelines. (Page 236)

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Refer detailed guidelines. (Page 236)

Prescribed Text

85 | P a g e
HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV

Module Code HNDIT2405 Module Title English for Technology IV


Credits 2 Lectures 4
GPA/NGPA NGPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial
Semester 4 Module Type Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
practical situations
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Communicate skillfully in a safe, interactive environment.


 Engage in public speaking and interpersonal communication
 Exercise ethical considerations in the development and presentation of ideas.
 Develop effective speech introductions and conclusions.
 Develop useful advertising language.
 Apply skills of keeping formal records of meetings.
 Summarize texts
 Draft formal CV and cover letter
 Prepare Technical reports effectively

Outline Syllabus

Grammar
Reported Speech
Gerunds
Phrasal Verbs
Speaking& Listening

Conducting Interviews
Panel discussion
Reading
Understand key information in case documents
Negotiating meetings
Writing
Write Curriculum Vitae (CV)

86 | P a g e
Write Covering Letters to accompany CV
Technical Reports- Key features of a report, organizing and presenting
Summarizing a text
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous assessment Take home assignment/written test/ 50%


Oral test

End of semester Final structured paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. John Seely, The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking Oxford University Press New Delhi

[2]. Orey, Maureen and Prisk, Jenni Communication skills and Training ASTD Press

[3]. Instructor designed handouts, video clips Workplace Communication Skills BUSN -0156

Developer Track Option

HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture

Module Code HNDIT2411 Module Title Enterprise Architecture

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track

87 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives

Develop skills and exposure required to comprehend the architecture of a multi-layered


enterprise application and the disadvantages associated with traditional approaches to accessing
infrastructure services
Learning Outcomes

▪ At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the software engineering of programs using concurrency and synchronization
and the development of distributed software
▪ Design and publish services as building blocks of service-oriented applications
▪ Use current technology for developing distributed systems and applications

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to distributed computing paradigm and service-oriented computing


paradigm
2. Principles of distributed software development
3. Programming with concurrency and multithreading (in Java)
4. Working with databases (in Java)
a. Introduction to JDBC
b. Processing SQL statements with JDBC
5. Web-based application development and state management
a. Describe the role of web components in a Java EE application
b. Define the HTTP request-response model
c. Developing Servlets
d. Servlet Overview
Life cycle of Servlet
Handling Client HTTP Request & Server HTTP Response
Initializing Parameters &ServletContext
Initializing a Servlet
Session Management, Request Dispatcher & Redirecting

e. Developing With Java Server Pages Technology


i. Overview of JSP
JSP Architecture & life cycle
Components of Java Server Pages

88 | P a g e
Implicit Objects & Standard JSP Tags
Scope of JSP objects
f. EJB Overview
i. EJB 3.0 overview & Architecture
Features of EJB 3.0
About Session Beans
EJB 3.0 Persistence Programming Model
Java EE Application Assembly and Deployment – Anatomy of EJB
Module & Packaging
Java Persistence API
Designing a Java Enterprise Application
ii. Model View Controller (MVC)2 Architecture & Packaging EJB Module
6. XML data representation and processing
7. Introduction to frameworks
a. Struts2 FRAMEWORK
b. Hibernate
c. Spring
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class participation, discussions and 25%


group work

Tutorials and assignments 25%

End of semester examination Structured question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom based teaching of the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by structured lab
sessions on practical aspects.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with necessary mobile application tools installed and having Internet
access

89 | P a g e
Prescribed Text

[1]. Expert One-on-One J2EE Design and Development by Rod Johnson

HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management

Module Code HNDIT2412 Module Title Software Configuration


Management
Credits 3 Hours/Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorials 60


Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective
Module Aims & objectives:

Provide an understanding of the need for configuration management systems in different


development environments and practical skills and experience in the use of version control
software.
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module the student will be able to


1. Assess the appropriateness of different version control systems for different
development environment based on an understanding of common features and
components.
2. Use collaboration tools for documentation, software design and coding
3. Design a configuration management plan for a given development environment.
4. Install and configure a version control system

Outline Syllabus:

1. Introduction to Software Configuration Management


2. Software Configuration Management phases
3. Implementing Software Configuration Management in the organization
4. People in Software Configuration Management and their role
5. Version control software
6. Software Configuration Management plan

90 | P a g e
7. Software Configuration Management in Agile development
8. Collaboration tools
9. Working with subversion by configuring in the local PC
10. Working with subversion in a remote server
11. Introduction to tortoise SVN
Assessment and Weighting:

Type Activity Weighting


Continuous Assessment Tutorials 20%
lab assignments 30%
End of semester Structured written paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities:
Fundamentals covered in classroom teaching supported by laboratory assignment, e-Learning
materialand hands-on lab sessions
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials:
Subversion™ and Apache™ executables available for installation on the server
Internet and Online learning materials
Prescribed Text
[1]. Mike Mason (2006): Pragmatic Version Control using Subversion, 2nd Edition, The Pragmatic Bookshelf,
Raleigh, North Carolina. (PVC)
[2]. Hass, Anne Mette Jonassen (2003): Configuration Management Principles and Practice, Pearson
Education, Inc., Boston, MA. (CMP&P)

HNDIT2413: Web Application Development

Module Code HNDIT2413 Module Title Web Application Development

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

91 | P a g e
Semester 4 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track

Module Aims & Objectives

To build student awareness of the range of mechanisms available to web programmers seeking
to develop dynamic and interactive web sites.
To develop practical expertise in client -side and server-side scripting providing with a
solid foundation from which to develop a mastery of Web Application Development
techniques.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ Explain how the interactive functionality of any given web site may have been
achieved using a range of client-side and server-side scripting, CSS, Web 2.0
technologies, web applications and web services.
▪ Use style sheets and JavaScript to enhance the user interface of a web site.
▪ Write PHP scripts to serve data from a MySQL database to a browser.
▪ Construct an income generating web site.
Outline Syllabus

1. Orientation to Web Application Development and available technologies


2. Style sheets
3. Client-side scripting
4. Server-side scripting
5. Web services – using the output in a new web site
6. Adding functionality to a web site using web applications
7. Generating income from the web
8. Building a site around a CMS
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

92 | P a g e
Continuous Assessment Weekly laboratory exercises 10%

Construction of an interactive web site 40%

End of semester examination Structured/Essay question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Access to a computer, access to the Internet, a browser with JavaScript enabled, access to a hosting
service or server with an XAMP AMP installation,

Prescribed Text

[1]. Moncur, Michael (2006): Sams Teach Yourself JavaScript in 24 hours, Sams Publishing, USA Lecky-
Thompson, Guy W. (2008): Just Enough Web Programming with XHTML™, PHP®, and MySQL®,
Course Technology PTR
[2]. Zandstra, Matt (2003): Sams Teach Yourself PHP in 24 hours, Sams Publishing, USA.

HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation

Module Code Module Title Computer Graphic and Animation


HNDIT2414 Design

Credits Hours /Week Lectures 15


4

GPA/NGPA Lab/Tutorial 60
GPA
Semester 4 Module Type Compulsory for multimedia developer
option

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop skill and knowledge required for creating manipulation of graphic and animation
in a programming environment and provide the required theoretical knowledge and
programming skill to understanding computer graphics and animation.

93 | P a g e
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ To develop a facility with the relevant mathematics of computer graphics
▪ To learn the principles and commonly used paradigms and techniques of computer
graphics
▪ To gain a profession cy with OpenGL which could be able to provide 2D and 3D
computer graphics
Outline Syllabus

1. Images
2. Sound
3. Video
4. Animations
5. Multimedia Jobs
6. Overview of Graphic Systems
7. Output Primitives
8. Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations
9. Three-Dimensional Geometric and modeling Transformations
10. Three-dimensional viewing
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 20%

Assignment 2 - Individual 20%

Assignment 3 – Group 10%

End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%


examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom based teaching on the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by discussions,
group
work and tutorials
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

94 | P a g e
Self-directed studies based in on-line resources, case studies and Programming

Prescribed Text

[4]. F.S. Hill, Computer Graphics using OPENGL, Second edition, Pearson Education,
2003.
[5]. Donald Hearn, Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics – C Version, second edition,
Pearson Education,2004.
[6]. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics: A Top-Down Approach with OpenGL, 4th edition,
Addison-Wesley, 2005.
[7]. Computer Graphics : Principles and Practice in C, Second Edition, James D. Foley, Andries van Dam,
Steven K. Feiner, John F. Hughes,ISBN-13: 978-0201848403
[8]. Foundations of 3D Computer Graphics , Steven J.Gortler

HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing

Module Code HNDIT2415 Module Title Digital Image Processing

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop skills and knowledge required to process, enhance image represented in digital
formats for software requirements.

To develop skills and knowledge required for analyzing and designing of digital imaging
applications

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to study:

▪ The imagefundamentalsandmathematical transformsnecessaryfor image processing.


▪ Theimageenhancementtechniques

95 | P a g e
▪ The imagerestorationprocedures.

▪ The imagecompressionprocedures.

▪ The imagesegmentationandrepresentationtechniques.

Outline Syllabus

1. Digital Image processing Fundamentals


2. Image Enhancement
3. Image restoration
4. Image segmentation
5. Image compression
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 01 -Individual 10%

Assignment 02 - Research Paper- 10%


Understanding and Reviewing of
available researches
Presentation(Individual or group)

Assignment 03 – Mini Project (Group) 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Primary mode – Classroom based teaching supported by tutorials and group work and
discussions.

Self-directed learning – students are expected to learn functionalities in image processing


through practices and self-learning by completing their continuous assessments.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

96 | P a g e
Self-learning activities require a computer laboratory with MATLAB software installed and
having Internet access and LMS connectivity

Prescribed Text

[1]. Digital Image Processing using MATLAB, 2nd Edition by Gonzalez, Woods and Eddin.
[2]. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, ISBN 978-470844731, A Practical approach with examples
in MATLAB.

HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio

Module Code HNDIT2416 Module Title Digital Video and Audio

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

To develop skills and knowledge required for audio/video production.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ Describe the basic objectives of video processing.


▪ Identify the major components of a video/audio editing system and equipment.
▪ Identify lighting and color theories for video production.
▪ Identify sampling techniques and compression algorithms used in videos.
▪ Author content in standard delivery formats.
Outline Syllabus

97 | P a g e
1. Overview of digital audio and video technology
2. video and audio equipment
3. Digital standards, audio video compression techniques and sampling
4. Sampling
5. Camera angles, Lighting, and color theory
6. Audio and Video editing
7. Applying text , special effect to the video
8. Making video product

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1 - Individual 20%

Assignment 2 - Group 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Using internet, observe audio and video environment.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Professional video cameras with audio video editing and shooting environment. Adobe
premier software. Nonlinear editors

Prescribed Text

98 | P a g e
HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development

Module Code HNDIT2417 Module Title Mobile Application Development

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

To equip students with the skills to develop mobile applications on the android platform. This
module aims to introduce students to specific issues in mobile computing and mobile application
development, including new interaction paradigms and integration with web services.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ Define mobile computing and the types of mobile devices.


▪ Detail the history of mobile computing.
▪ Explain the basic theory behind networks and cellular networks.
▪ Write HTML and JavaScript code for mobile devices.
▪ Discuss user interface design considerations.
▪ Explain the differences between HTML5 and HTML.
▪ Develop apps for Android devices.
▪ Develop apps for IOS devices.
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction , get familiar with Android Studio/Android SDK


2. Android Studio, Android SDK, Activities, Event Handling
3. Layouts, Widgets,HTML5, XML, Quarry, AJAX Coding standards, Debugging

99 | P a g e
4. Lists, Adapters, Exception Handling
5. Interface Design, Action Bar
6. SQLite, User Preferences, Threads

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class participation, discussions and 20%


group work

Tutorials and assignments 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom based teaching of the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by structured lab
sessions on practical aspects.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with necessary mobile application tools installed and having Internet
access

Prescribed Text

[1]. Mednieks, Z., Dornin, L., Meike, G.B. and Nakamura, M. (2012). Programming Android, O’Reilly, 2nd
ed.
[2]. Jackson, W. (2012). Android Apps for Absolute Beginners, Apress, 2nd ed.
[3]. Delessio, C., Darcey, L. and Conder, S. (2013). Sams Teach Yourself Android™ Application
Development in 24 Hours, Sams, 3rd ed.

100 | P a g e
Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2421: Server Administration

Module Code HNDIT2421 Module Title Server Administration

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic knowledge and skills in installing, configuring and managing server systems.
Aimed at those involved in system administration, but also appropriate for anyone who wants
to gain skills.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ Install, configure, setup networking and manage, remotely and at console, users and
resources on a Linux server (e.g., Red Hat Enterprise Linux – RHEL – server or SuSE
Linux Enterprise Server - SLES)
▪ Install, configure, setup networking and manage, remotely and at console, users and
resources on Microsoft Windows Server (e.g., Windows Server 2008)
▪ Manage admin tasks with simple shell scripts if needed on Linux and Windows servers
▪ Install and configure Apache and Microsoft IIS web servers with standard features

▪ Install and configure: email server, print server, ftp server and file/storage server, basic
network devices for LAN and Internet connectivity (or assume LAN, Internet
available)

101 | P a g e
▪ Select appropriate server software for a small business considering the available
hardware and budget and set-up server system for them (assuming LAN, Internet
available)
Outline Syllabus

1. Linux server installation and administration


2. Common Unix/Linux commands
3. Linux Local User Management
4. Linux Process Management
5. Linux Server Installations and configuration (DHCP, mail server, proxy server)
6. Microsoft Windows server installation and administration
7. Web servers: Microsoft IIS and Apache
8. Email server (Microsoft Servers on Windows, qmail or similar on Linux)
9. Other relevant servers

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Individual assignment 30%

Group assignment 20%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching with lectures is low while most learning will be based on hands-on
practical work where students will learn the skills by administering (installing, configuring and
maintaining) different servers/services.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Example resources, tools


• http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/training/windowsserver.aspx - Windows
Server Training Portal

102 | P a g e
• http://learning.microsoft.com/Manager/Catalog.aspx - Microsoft training catalogue
• http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/default.aspx - Microsoft Learning site
• https://www.redhat.com/courses/sys_admin/ - Red Hat Sys Admin curriculum
• http://www.gurulabs.com/linux-training/ - Linux training resources
• http://www.linux.org/lessons/ - a collection of Linux training courses
Prescribed Text

[1]. The following are recommended


[2]. Windows Server® 2008 Administrator's Pocket Consultant, 2nd Edition, William R. Stanek,
Microsoft Press, 2009 (Ebook: 2010), ISBN: 978-0-7356-2711-6, Ebook-ISBN: 978-0-7356-4065-8,
http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/Book.aspx?ID=13931&locale=en-us
[3]. Internet Information Services (IIS) 7.0 Administrator's Pocket Consultant, William R. Stanek,
Microsoft Press, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-7356-2711-6,
[4]. http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/Book.aspx?ID=10442&locale=en-us
[5]. Microsoft® Exchange Server 2010 Administrator's Pocket Consultant, William R. Stanek, Microsoft
Press, 2009 (Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-0-7356-2712-3, Ebook-ISBN: 978-0-7356-3876-1,
http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/Book.aspx?ID=13930&locale=en-us
[6]. Essential System Administration, 3rd edition, Æleen Frisch; O'Reilly Media, 2002 (Ebook: 2009),
ISBN: 978-0-596-00343-2, Ebook-ISBN: 978-0-596-10328-6,
http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596003432/
[7]. Linux in a Nutshell, 6th edition, Ellen Siever, Stephen Figgins, Robert Love, Arnold Robbins;
O'Reilly Media, 2009, ISBN: 978-0-596-15448-6, Ebook-ISBN: 978-0-596-80611-8,
http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596154486/
[8]. A Practical Guide to Linux: Commands, Editors, and Shell Programming, Mark G. Sobell,
Prentice-Hall, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-13147-823-7,
[9]. http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0131478230/linuxonlinetheli Apache Cookbook:
Solutions and Examples for Apache Administrators, 2nd edition, Rich Bowen and Ken Coar,
O'Reilly Media, 2008, ISBN: 978-0596529949, Ebook-ISBN: 978-0-596-10277-7,
http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529949/Sendmail Cookbook, Craig Hunt, O'Reilly Media, 2003
(Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-0-596-00471-2, EbookISBN:978-0-596-10383-5,
http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004712/
[10]. qmail, John Levine, O'Reilly Media, 2004 (Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-1-56592-628-8, Ebook-ISBN:
9780-596-10380-4, http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926288/

103 | P a g e
HNDIT2422: Network and Data Centre Operations

Module Code HNDIT2422 Module Title Network and Data Centers


Operations

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic knowledge and skills in techniques, tools, best practices and industry standards
used in maintaining corporate networks and data centers. Aimed at those involved in system and
network design and administration.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to


 Describe basic concepts and terminology in running network operations
 Describe and compare techniques used for fault tolerance in IT systems and storage
 Identify basic techniques and requirements to improve capacity, reliability and
availability
 Describe physical and premises infrastructure requirements for network operations
 Describe industry best practices and current solutions for corporate networks and data
centers.
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Data Centers


2. Planning and Designing Data Centers
3. Data Center Overview
4. Cabling Architecture in the Data Center
5. Data Center Infrastructure

104 | P a g e
6. Active Components / Network Hardware
7. Virtualization
8. Transmission Protocols
9. Transmission Media

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Individual assignment 20%

Group assignment(2 or 3 students) 20%

Quizzes 10%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on


and practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques,
first with simple examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns741/networking_solutions_program_home.html -
Cisco site on networking solutions and validated designs/solutions
http://datacenterjournal.com/index.php - The Data Center Journal (online)
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_center - Wikipedia page on data centers
http://atd.uptimeinstitute.com/curriculum.htm - Accredited Tier Designer curriculum, a
course by Uptime Institute
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network-attached_storage - Wikipedia page on NAS (SAN
compared)
http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/The_Design_and_Organization_of_Data_Centers - Wiki book
titled “The Design and Organization of Data Centers”, by Jeff Albro and Rich Hail
http://www.availability.com/ - a site on high availability systems and business continuity

105 | P a g e
http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/course.aspx?ID=6423A – Microsoft course on
“Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Clustering”

Prescribed Text

[1]. The following are recommended


[2]. High Availability Network Fundamentals, Chris Oggerino, Cisco Press, 2001, ISBN: 978-1-58713-017-
5, Ebook-ISBN: 978-1-58705-289-7,
http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587130173
[3]. Fault-Tolerant IP and MPLS Networks, Iftekhar Hussain, Cisco Press, 2005, ISBN: 978-1-58705-126-5,
http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587051265
[4]. Data Center Fundamentals, Mauricio Arregoces, Maurizio Portolani, Cisco Press, 2004, ISBN: 978-
158705-023-7, Ebook-ISBN: 978-1-58705-287-3,
[5]. http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587050234
[6]. Storage Networking Fundamentals: An Introduction to Storage Devices, Subsystems, Applications,
Management, and File Systems, Marc Farley, Cisco Press, 2005, ISBN: 978-1-58705-162-3, Ebook-
ISBN:
[7]. 978-1-58705-286-6, http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587051621
[8]. High Performance Linux Clusters with OSCAR, Rocks, OpenMosix, and MPI, Joseph D Sloan, O'Reilly
Media, 2004 (Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-0-596-00570-2, Ebook-ISBN:978-0-596-10433-7,
http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005702/
[9]. Cisco Data Center Infrastructure 2.5 Design Guide, Cisco Systems Inc., 2007,
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/solutions/Enterprise/Data_Center/DC_Infra2_5/DCI_SRND.pdf
[10]. Designing High-Performance EMC File Systems Using Cisco MDS iSCSI, (for NAS),
Whitepaper from Cisco Systems Inc., 2006,
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/solutions/collateral/ns340/ns394/ns259/net_implementation_white_paper0
90 0aecd8048c7d3.pdf
[11]. Advanced SAN Design Using Cisco MDS 9500 Series Multilayer Directors, Whitepaper from
Cisco Systems Inc., 2006,
[12]. http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/modules/ps5991/prod_white_paper0900aecd8044c
807.pdf

106 | P a g e
HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning (DR&BCP)

Module Code HNDIT2423 Module Title Disaster Recovery & Business


Continuity Planning (DR&BCP)

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic knowledge and skills in planning for disaster recovery and business continuity
while managing system operations and infrastructure. Aimed at those involved in system and
network administration.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to


 Describe basics concepts in DR and BCP.
 Analyze risks and impact of a disaster to an IT infrastructure.
 Plan for and execute data protection and integrity in an organization.
 Identify and use appropriate tools for recovery of data.
 Identify strategic elements and requirements for a DR plan for an organization.
 Develop and maintain a DR plan for an organization.
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction BCP and Asset


2. Introduction to Risk Management
3. Threat
4. Vulnerabilities
5. Planning for Organizational Readiness

107 | P a g e
6. Incident Response
7. Contingency Strategies for Business Resumption Planning
8. Disaster Recovery
9. Crisis Management

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Individual assignment 30%

Group assignment(2 or 3 students) 20%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching with lectures is low while most learning will be based on hands-on
practical work where students will learn the skills by administering (installing, configuring and
maintaining) different servers/services.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Example resources, tools


• http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disaster_recovery - wikipedia page on disaster recovery
• http://www.disaster-recovery-guide.com/ - a guide to disaster recovery planning
• http://www.drj.com/ - online journal on disaster recovery
• http://www.disasterrecoveryforum.com/ - Disaster recovery planning forum, community
web portal
• http://www.disasterrecoveryworld.com/ - a directory on disaster recovery
• http://www.networkworld.com/research/disasterrecov.html - site with content and many
relevant links
• http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Business_continuity_planning - wikipedia page on business
continuity planning .

Prescribed Text

The following are recommended

108 | P a g e
[1]. Disaster Recovery Planning: Preparing for the Unthinkable, 3rd edition, Jon William Toigo, Prentice
Hall,
[2]. 2002, ISBN: 978-0130462824, http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Disaster-
RecoveryPlanning-Preparing-for-the-Unthinkable/9780130462824.page
[3]. Disaster Recovery: Principles and Practices, April Wells, Charlyne Walker, Timothy Walker and David
Abarca, Prentice Hall, 2007, ISBN: 9780131711273,
http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Disaster-Recovery-Principles-
andPractices/9780131711273.page
[4]. Business Continuity Planning, Ken Doughty, CRC Press, 2000

HNDIT2424: Database Administration

Module Code HNDIT2424 Module Title Database Administration

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide an understanding of common terms and concepts likely to be encountered in a Database


Administrator role. Expose the student to the more common installation and database
management tasks for one of the major database packages.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Conduct an installation of a database server with an understanding of the technical terms
encountered.
 Migrate data into the new database from a legacy database.
 Create a maintenance plan for routine maintenance.
 Create and restore a database backup and database snapshot.
 Setup user security in a database instance.
 Monitor and tune database performance on the selected platform.

109 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. The History of SQL Server and relational databases


2. Installing and configuring SQL Server
3. SQL Server data storage management
4. Managing data with the DTS utility
5. SQL Server Security management
6. SQL Server Backup & Recovery
7. SQL Server database Replication
8. SQL Server Job scheduling
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Weekly assignments / practical 30%

Assignment on database server security 10%


concepts

Assignment on using Transect SQL to 10%


implement security

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

It is recommended that the lecture proceed the practical session with the lecture being used to
explain terminology and walk through the screens to be encountered in the practical. Students
can then be expected to work through the practical sessions in small groups with suitable
laboratory guides similar to the level of technical support they would have access to in industry.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

• Computer 1.0GHz and 2.048 GB memory, Internet access, LAN connection.

Prescribed Text

110 | P a g e
[1]. Mistry, Ross & Cotter, Hilary (2008): Microsoft® SQL Server 2008 Management and Administration,
Sams Publishers, New York.

HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project

Module IT4205 Module Title Database Programming Project


Code
Credits 3 Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial None
Semester 4 Module Type Specialization Core

Module Aims & Objectives

 To provide students with the opportunity to practice the skills they developed in IT3201 integrated
with their Java programming skills developed in IT2001 and IT2003 and their systems analysis and
design skills developed in IT2005 and to provide them with an opportunity to learn JavaScript and
other web programming skills.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Design and implement a database as part of complex web-enabled application


 Implement database security
 Optimize database performance
 Design an object-oriented front-end for a database using UML and other process and
data modelling tools
 Implement an object-oriented front-end to relational database
 Provide appropriate user documentation in both hardcopy and online versions

Outline Syllabus

111 | P a g e
 database as part of a complex web-enabled application
 Database security
 Optimize database performance.
 Design an object-oriented front-end for a database using UML and other process and
data modelling tools
 Implement an object-oriented front-end to a relational database provide appropriate
user documentation in both hardcopy and online versions

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Assignment 1, Assignment 50%


2,Assignment 3, Assignment 4
End of semester examination 2 Hour written examination, closed- 50%
book may answer 4 questions out of
5.
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Apart from web programming skills, students should already have acquired the skills necessary to complete
this project in previous semesters. However lecturers may wish to revise elements of IT3201: Advanced
DBMS, IT2001: Java Programming, IT2003: Data structures and algorithms and IT2005: Systems Analysis and
Design after consultation with students. Lecturers may also wish to present elements of web programming
from IT4103.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Prescribed Text

Refer to resources for IT3201, IT2001, IT2003, IT2005 and IT4103. Individual students require developer
edition of Microsoft SQL Server to do work at home

112 | P a g e
Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2431: Software Testing

Module Code HNDIT2431 Module Title Software Testing

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Optional for Analyst track

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic knowledge and skills in standards, techniques, methodologies and tools
in software testing.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ Describe what software testing is and why testing is part of quality assurance
▪ Describe different levels/types of testing/analysis/reviews done throughout software life cycle
▪ Design and develop test cases under different test design techniques suitable for occasion
▪ Demonstrate test management ability and to analyze a situation and recognize risks
▪ Use appropriate tools for testing and compare and contrast different tools

Outline Syllabus

1. Fundamentals of testing
2. Software reviews
3. Static testing techniques
4. Dynamic testing
5. Test case designing
6. Testing and risk
7. Software testing and quality management

113 | P a g e
8. Tools support for testing

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class activities, discussions and tutorials 35%

Group work 15%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on and
practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques, first with simple
examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

http://www.aptest.com/resources.html- a list of software QA testing and test tool resources

http://www.testingeducation.org/BBST/- a free online course in black box testing

http://www.softwareqatest.com/index.html- a site on software QA and testing resources

Prescribed Text

[1]. Software Testing: An ISEB Foundation, Brian Hambling (Ed), Peter Morgan, Angelina Samaroo, Geoff
Thompson, Peter Williams, British Computer Society, 2008, ISBN: 978-1-902505-79-4
[2]. Chapters 22 and 23, Software Engineering, 8 th Edition, Ian Sommerville, Addison Wesley, 2006, ISBN:
978-0-321-31379-9
[3]. Software Testing and Quality Assurance: Theory and Practice, SagarNaik and PiyuTripathy, John
Wiley & Sons, 2008, ISBN: 978-0-471-78911-6
[4]. Pragmatic Software Testing: Becoming an Effective and Efficient Test Professional, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-470-12790-2

114 | P a g e
HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing

Module Code HNDIT2432 Module Title Technical Report Writing

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic knowledge and skills in creating and maintaining technical documents,
standards, best practices, techniques, methodologies and tools in technical report writing
related to software engineering field.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ Identify the need of technical reports


▪ Describe objectives and characteristics of writing technical reports and documents.
▪ Design and create all the documents related to software projects according to technical
writing standards.
▪ Use appropriate tools for designing, writing and generating technical documents

Outline Syllabus

1. Necessity and objectives of technical writing


2. Characteristics of technical writing
3. Standards and best practices in technical writing, related to software project documents
4. Technical writing methods
5. Software tools to generate technical documents.
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

115 | P a g e
Continuous Assessment In class activities, discussions and tutorials 15%

Group work 35%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on


and practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques, first
with simple examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Prescribed Text

HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance

Module Code HNDIT2433 Module Title Software Quality Assurance

Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic knowledge and skills in standards, techniques and tools to achieve software
quality, i.e., methods of managing the quality of software development process and products.
Will cover software quality assurance, quality measures, and quality control. Aimed at those
involved in software quality management, but also appropriate for anyone who wants a basic
understanding of the area.

116 | P a g e
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

▪ Define fundamental concepts and terminology in software quality management


▪ Describe quality measures/indicators for assessing software products and processes
▪ Describe strategies, procedures and techniques used in software quality assurance

▪ Apply quality assurance tools and techniques into a software process and/or product
▪ Describe the quality standards/frameworks currently practiced in the software industry

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction and basics


2. Software quality standards
3. Quality reviews
4. Software quality metrics and defect analysis
5. Software configuration management (overview only; separate module offered on this
topic)
6. Associated quality concerns
7. Software documentation
8. Software quality system implementation

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment In class activities, discussions, group 20%


work and tutorials

Assignment 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

117 | P a g e
Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on
and practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques,
first with simple examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

1. Example resources, tools


2. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_quality - wikipedia page on software quality
3. http://www.aptest.com/resources.html - a list of software quality testing and test tool
resources
4. http://www.softwareqatest.com/index.html - a site on software quality assurance and
testing resources
5. http://www.sqa.net/ - a site that describes the basics of software quality
6. http://www.sqaforums.com/ubbthreads.php - a set of forums on software testing,
quality
7. Access to a computer, access to the Internet

Prescribed Text
h
[1]. Software Engineering, 9t Edition, Ian Sommerville, 2011, ISBN: 978-81-317-6216-5

nd
[2]. Practical Guide to Software Quality Management, 2 Edition, John W. Horch, Artech House,
2003,ISBN: 978-1-58053-527-4,

[3]. Software Quality Assurance: From Theory to Implementation, Daniel Galin, Addison Wesley,
2004,ISBN: 978-0-20170-945-2,
nd
[4]. Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering, 2 Edition, Stephen H. Kan, Addison-
WesleyProfessional, 2003, ISBN: 978-0-201-72915-3,

[5]. Software Quality Engineering: Testing, Quality Assurance and Quantifiable Improvement, Jeff
Tian,Wiley-IEEE Computer Society Press, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-471-71345-6

HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes

Module Code Module Title Business Analysis Tools and Processes


HNDIT2434
Credits 3 Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Optional for Analyst track

118 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives

To provide students with experience of the working environment of the business analyst and
the tools used.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Identify the steps that a Business Analyst usually works through.
▪ Recognize and understand a range of tools in common usage by Business Analysts
▪ Plan for a stakeholder meeting at any stage of the business analysis process
Outline Syllabus

1. Overview of Business Analysis Activities throughout the stages of the Software


Development Life Cycle (SDLC)
2. Structured systems analysis and design method
3. Request for change (RFC)
4. Root Cause Analysis
5. Pareto chart
6. Cause and effect graph
7. Cost benefit analysis
8. The Five Whys
9. Stakeholder meetings
 Review meetings
 Kick-off meetings
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Group Assignment 15%

SSADM project report related to a case 35%


study
End of semester examination Structures question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

119 | P a g e
Hence it is proposed that the course should pivot around role plays of meetings – preparing
meeting deliverables and researching meeting roles.
A detailed case study should be prepared as the background to the meetings and shared between
lecturers of this subject. The case study should include examples of the documents and models
referred to in the text.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Microsoft Visio

Prescribed Text

[1]. Howard Podeswa, (2009): The Business Analyst's Handbook, Course Technology, Cengage Learning,
Boston, USA

HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study

Module Code HNDIT24323 Module Title System Analysis Case Study

Credits 3 Lectures 15

GPA/NGPA GPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 60

Semester 4 Module Type Optional for Analyst track

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide instruction and application of life cycle system development methodology using a case
study which incorporates feasibility study, system analysis, system design, program specification
and implementation planning. Enable the students to actively perform the role of a member of a
real world system development team, and gain experience.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Demonstrate the working knowledge in the areas of System Analysis and Design and
Programming using a course project.
 Work in teams to create a working project module.

120 | P a g e
 Create project management reports to track the project progress and weekly status reports.
 Produce technical reports on system analysis and requirements, system design, program
specification, program development, system implementation and system testing.
 Conduct a formal presentation on completion of the project.
Outline Syllabus

 Introduction to the course unit.


 Requirement of tools and techniques for system development
 Effective using of previous knowledge in successful completion of the project
 Developing case studies on real world scenarios
 Team work and collaboration in software development
 Presentations and client handling

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Classroom participation 5%

Group work 10%

Documentation and Status Reports 10%

Final Presentation and end product 25%

End of semester examination Structured question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

This course is taught in a nontraditional method, where students will have to apply their knowledge on
Systems Analysis and Design, Software Engineering, IT Project Management and Technical Report
Writing and other relevant course modules in creating a successful solution to a problem identified in a
small business organization or a game model. The approach for the project is case study based where the
students will finally develop a case study on their own project, in addition to the final outcome of the
project.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

The availability of computer laboratories with internet facilities

Prescribed Text

There are no text books specified exclusively for this course modules. Students are expected to do
independent research for the materials and information they would need in accomplishing their tasks
individually as well as in groups.

The text books prescribed for Systems Analysis and Design, Software Engineering, IT Project

121 | P a g e
Management and Technical Report Writing modules may be used as additional materials and
references.

Academic Track Option (Optional)

HNDIT2441: Teaching Methodology for IT

Module Code HNDIT 2441 Module Title Teaching Methodology for IT


Credits 3 Lectures/Discussion 30 Pre-requisites None
Hours/Week Co -
GPA/NGPA GPA Practical 30 None
requisites
Semester 4 Module Type Specialized
Module Aims
Develop capacity to teach IT for students of different levels
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to :
1. Be familiar with good classroom management
2. Identify the characteristics of a good IT teacher
3. Use a variety of teaching methodologies available for IT
4. Able to organize pair/group work effectively
5. Use visual aids effectively
6. Practise teaching using micro-teaching
Outline Syllabus
1 Classroom Management
2. Teaching methodologies available for IT
3. Questioning techniques
4. Pair and group work
5. Visual aids, Micro teaching
6. Different stages in the lesson,-introduction, presentation, practice, application, evaluation
7. Micro-teaching
Assessment

Type Activity Weight


Continuous Assessment Assignments 50%
Semester end examination Written test 50%
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Group tasks, presentations, assignments, micro-teaching
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

122 | P a g e
Calculators, Access to a computer
Prescribed Text/teacher’s Handbooks
1. MC Kay Sandra Lee, (2011), Teaching English as an International Language Rethinking
Goals and Approaches
2. Richards Jack C, (2011), Methodology Language Teaching.
3. Spratt Mary, (2013), The TKT Course Module 1,2 and 3.

HNDIT2442: Principles of Education

Module Code HNDIT 2442 Module Title Principles of Education


Credits 3 Lectures 30 Pre-requisites None
Hours/Week Practical / Self
GPA/NGPA GPA 30 Co - requisites None
study
Semester 4 Module Specialized
Type
Module Aims
Enable the students to develop the knowledge in education
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Develop an understanding of principles of education
2. Know about educational Philosophers & various educational approaches
3. Know about the educational history of Sri Lanka
Outline Syllabus
1. What is education?
2. Education philosophers
3. Various educational approaches
4. Professionalism in teaching
5. The history of the development of education in Sri Lankan socialization
Assessment

Type Activity Weigh


t
Continuous Assessment Presentations 50%
Take home assignments
Semester end examination Writing test 50%
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Task-based learning, different group and individual tasks which encourage collaborative learning
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

123 | P a g e
Access to a computer

HNDIT2443: Educational Measurement

Module Code HNDIT2443 Module Title Educational Measurement

Credits 3 Lectures 30 Pre-requisites None


Hours/Week
Practical / Self
GPA/NGPA GPA 30 Co - requisites None
study

Semester 4 Module Specialized


Type

Module Aims

Enable the students to develop skills in Educational measurement


Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. Develop an understanding of the types of measurement tools.

2. Understand the concepts of evaluation.

3. Organize evaluation methods & scores.

Outline Syllabus

1. The importance of evaluation


2. Basic concepts of evaluation

3. Types of evaluation procedures

4. Objectives for measuring learning outcomes

5. Various achievement test

6. Organizing scores

Assessment

124 | P a g e
Type Activity Weight

Continuous Assessment Presentation 50%

Take home assignment

Semester end examination Writing test 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Task-based learning, different group and individual tasks which encourage collaborative learning

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Calculators, Access to a computer

Prescribed Text

[1]. Bharat.Singh, (2005), Modern Educational Measurement and Evaluation system.


[2]. J.Swarupa. Rani, ( 2004), Educational measurement and evaluation.
[3]. Kenneth.D.Hopkins ,(1998), Educational and Psychological measurement and evaluation.
[4]. Robert.L.Linn, (2008), Measurement and Assesment in Teaching.

HNDIT2444: Educational Psychology

Module
Module Code HNDIT2444 Educational Psychology
Title

Credits 3 Lectures 30 Pre-requisites None


Hours/W
eek Practical / Self
GPA/NGPA GPA 30 Co - requisites None
Study

Semester 4 Module Specialized


Type

Module Aims

Enable the students to understand the concept of educational psychology


Learning Outcomes

125 | P a g e
At the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. Understand the concept of psychology.

2. Understand the nature of special needs.

3. Understand the concept of education guidance & counselling.

Outline Syllabus

1. Education psychology

2. Personal development

3. Intellectual development

4. Learning

5. Children with special needs

6. Educational guidance and counseling

Assessment

Type Activity Weight

Continuous Assessment Presentation. 50%

Take home assignment.

Semester end examination Writing test 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Task-based learning, different group and individual tasks which encourage collaborative learning

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Calculators, Access to a computer

126 | P a g e
Year 3 – Semester V

In-plant Training
Note: The Internship in Information Technology in the field of Information Technology consider
as a compulsory course unit with the minimum duration of 15 consecutive weeks/540hrs within a
period of six months.

Training institute can be selected either by students or by the SLIATE through NAITA.
Refer Appendix 2 for the Guidelines for Internship (SLIATE) hand book.

NEWCURRICULUM- DETAILED LEARNINGOUTCOMES

Year 1 – Semester I

HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
And Addressed Duration( Method
Learning Hours)
Method
Overview of Lecture  Improve the knowledge Intellectual 1 Quizzes,
Office of word processing and Skills Discussions
productivity
tools Describe the basic
products in Microsoft
Office package

Overview of Lecture  Improve the knowledge IT& Practical 1 Discussion


Word of word processing & Skills
processing
& describe text Describe the tools and
formatting in techniques available for
MS-word
Text Formatting
Overview of Lecture  Identify the various Intellectual 2 Discussion
Inserting inserting objects such as Skills
objects in MS
word clip arts, pictures,

127 | P a g e
wordarts, header footer,
shape etc.
Mail merge Lecture  Creating various letters IT & Practical 1 Practical
using mail merge in MS Skills Assignment

Word
Overview of Lecture  Improve the knowledge IT & Practical 2 Online
Spreadsheet of Spreadsheet Skills Quizzes
application
&MS excel applications & Describe
the tools and techniques
available in MS Excel
MS excel Lecture  Identifying and use of IT & Practical 1 Discussion
functions basic functions in MS Skills

Excel
MS excel Lecture  Identifying and use of Intellectual 1 Discussion
functions advance functions in Skills

MS Excel
MS excel Lecture  Identifying and use of Intellectual 1 Practical
functions Conditional Formatting Skills Assignment

in MS Excel
Sorting and Lecture  Identify the Sorting and IT & Practical 1 Discussion
filtering in MS Filtering Capability in Skills
excel Analytical
MS Excel Skill

Overview of Lecture  Describe the thing that IT & Practical 1 Discussion


prepare should be taken into Skills
presentation
&MicrosoftPow consider when creating
erPoint a presentation.
 Describe the usage of
Basic features in
Microsoft PowerPoint

Creating Lecture  Describe the usage of IT & Practical 1 Practical


PowerPoint Basic features in Skills Assignment
presentation
Microsoft PowerPoint

128 | P a g e
Overview of Lecture  Importance of IT & Practical 1 Discussion
database manage data and Skills
applications information and
&Microsoft Identifying Basic
access features in Microsoft
Access 2007
Creating Lecture  Create, Delete. Modify IT & Practical 1 Discussion
simple tables with the uses of Skills
database
relationships and
inserting data to tables
using Microsoft Access.
Queering the Lecture  Describe type of query IT & Practical 1 Practical
database in Microsoft Access Skills Assignment

HNDIT1102: Computer Hardware


Lesson Topic Teaching And Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
Learning Addressed Duration Method
Method (Hours)
Introduction to Lecture  handle, classify Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
computer computers IT Skills
System and its
classifications browsing web  classify based on Intellectual Skills 2 Presentation
& Group different criteria IT Skills
Assignment Communication
Skills
Presentation
Skills
Organizing and Lecture  Manage files and Intellectual Skill 1 Quiz
managing files folders IT Skill
and folders
Practical  Ability to manage Intellectual Skill 1 Assignment
files and folders IT Skill

Internal Lecture &  Format / partition Intellectual Skill 1 Viva


structure and Showing HDD for different IT Skill
file Animations to
System of a understand environments
hard disk the internal
operation of a
HDD
Practical IT Skill 2 Assignment

129 | P a g e
Installation and Lecture  Understand the Intellectual Skill 1 Oral Report
Configuration importance of IT Skill
of driver
Software device drivers
Practical  Install, uninstall Intellectual Skill 2 Checklists
Assignment and upgrade IT Skill

device drivers
Software Practical  Install OS and Intellectual Skill 3 Quiz
Installation. application packs IT Skill
Communication
Skill
Backup Practical &  Cerate scheduled IT Skill 2 Assignment
And restore discussions backup. Communication
tools. Skills
 Create restore
points for a PC.
 Restore a PC from
previously created
backup.
Introduction to Lecture  Manage user Intellectual Skill 1 Quiz
user accounts IT Skill
Account and
access rights  Setting different
access privileges
Assignment  Creating user Intellectual Skill 2 Quiz
accounts IT Skill

Pc internal Group  Identify Intellectual Skill 3 Checklists


components practical components IT Skill
And the Communication
structure Skill
Group  Explain the Intellectual Skill 2 Presentation
presentation functions of IT Skill
Communication
components Skill
Presentation Skill
Internal Lecture,  Understand the Intellectual Skill 2 Oral Report
organization of Showing internal structure IT Skill
cpu Animations
and explain the
internal structure

130 | P a g e
Ram types and Lecture  Differentiate RAM Intellectual Skill 1 Quiz
their types and their IT Skill
advantages /
disadvantages characteristics
Group  Explain the Intellectual Skill 2 Oral Report
discussion advantages and IT Skill
Communication
disadvantages Skill
Display types Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual Skill 1 Oral Report
and their display types and IT Skill
advantages /
disadvantages their technologies

Search on the  Ability to Select Intellectual Skill 2 Presentation


web and appropriate display IT Skill
Group Communication
discussion for a given purpose Skill
Presentation Skill
Printer types Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual Skill 1 Quiz
and their printer types and IT Skill
advantages /
disadvantages their technologies

Search on the  Ability to Select Intellectual Skill 2 Assignment


web and appropriate printer IT Skill
Group Communication
discussion for a given purpose Skill

Optical drives Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual Skill 1 Quiz


and their optical drives and IT Skill
advantages /
disadvantages their technologies

Search on the  Ability to Select Intellectual Skill 2 Assignment


web and appropriate printer IT Skill
Group Communication
discussion for a given purpose Skill

Magnetic Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual Skill 1 Quiz


storages and magnetic storages IT Skill
their
advantages / and their
disadvantages technologies

131 | P a g e
Search on the  Ability to Select Intellectual Skill 2 Assignment
web and appropriate storage IT Skill
Group Communication
discussion for a given purpose Skill

Assembling a Group  Assemble and Intellectual Skill 4 Checklists


PC practical disassemble a IT Skill
Communication
computer Skill

HNDIT1103: Structured Programming


Lesson Topic Teaching And Objectives Outcome Time Assessment
Learning Addressed Duration Method
Method (Hours)
Program Lecture  Define a computer Intellectual Skills 2 MCQ, SEQ
design tools , program
flow charts,
pseudo codes  Explain what is
programming.
 Describe
Algorithms,
Pseudo codes and
Flow charts.
Practical  Design an Analytical And 4 Assignment
algorithmic Decision
Making Skill
solution for simple
problemApply the
basic principles to
a practical
situation
Introduction Lecture  Explain what is Intellectual Skills 2 MCQ, SEQ
to C++ programming.
development
environment  Describe computer
programs,
evolution of
programming

132 | P a g e
languages and
Language
translators.
 Explain what is
C++
 Design, compile
and execute a
simple C++
program.
Practical  Use of IDE IT Skills 4 Assessment
Design, compile
and execute C++
programs to solve
basic problems.
C++ program Lecture  Explain the basic Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
structure structure of a C++
programme –
include files,
Declarations, main
function,
comments, cout,
cin, etc.
Practical  Design, compile IT Skills 4 Assignment
and execute C++
programs to solve
basic problems.
Data types, Lecture  Describe the Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
variables and concept of a
constants
variable and a
constant.
Describe What a
data type is and
how types are

133 | P a g e
represent edin
C++.
 Declare and define
variables.
 Naming variables,
Key words, Escape
sequence
Practical  Data types, IT Skills 4 Assessment
variables and
constants related
practical

Expressions, Lecture  Describe what an Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ


statements, operator is.
and
operators in  Discuss
C++ Assignment
operators,
Arithmetic
operators,
Increment and
decrement
operators, unary
operators,
relational
operators, logical
operators, and
conditional
operator.
 Precedence of
operators,
Expressions and
their Definition

134 | P a g e
 Automatic type
conversions in
Expressions
Practical  Design C++ IT Skills 4 Assessment
programs to solve
basic problems by
using operators.
Language Lecture  Explain the Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ,MCQ
control sequence,
structures
(sequence, selection, and
selection and repetition
repetition)
structures
 Describe the
general form of the
If -Else statement.
 Describe the
general form of the
while, do-while
and for statements.
 Explore how to
construct and use
count-controlled
and sentinel-
controlled, flag-
controlled
repetition
structures

Practical  Write C++ IT Skills 4 Assessment


programs using the
sequence,
selection, and

135 | P a g e
repetition
structures

Branching Lecture  The if statement Intellectual Skills, 2 SEQ


and recursion with compound Analytical Skill

tasks.
 The switch
statement
 Nested loops
 Examine break and
continue
statements
 Recursion
Practical  Write C++ IT Skills 4 Assessment
programs using the
sequence,
selection, and
repetition
structures
Console i/o Lecture  Unformatted Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
functions console I/O
functions
 Character Input
Practical  Basic I/O in C++ IT Skills 4 Assessment
related practical
Structured  Describe the basic Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
data type : concepts of Arrays
arrays
– One dimensional
arrays, array
subscript and array
element
 Use arrays in
programming

136 | P a g e
 Multi-dimensional
arrays

Practical  Solve problems IT Skills 4 Assessment


requiring the use
of arrays.
Functions Lecture  Functions as Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
program building
blocks
 Built-in functions
and User- defined
functions
 General form of a
function
 Defining
,accessing and
calling functions
 Describe and use
functions,
parameters, and
return values.
 Local and Global
variables
Practical  Write C++ IT Skills 4 Assessment
programs with
functions
Pointers Lecture  Describe Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
references and
pointers
 Passing parameters
by value and
reference
Practical  Pointers related IT Skills 4 Assessment
practical

137 | P a g e
 Parameter passing
Structures Lecture  To learn how to Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
declare a C++
record (struct) data
type.
 Use of structures
Practical  Working with IT Skills 4 Assessment
structures
File handling Lecture  Working with Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
and file files
based input /
output Practical  Perform file input IT Skills 4 Assessment
and output
Fundamental Lecture  Explain Intellectual Skills 2 SEQ
s of program Fundamentals of
testing and
debugging program testing
and debugging.
 Importance of
testing and
debugging in
programming.

Practical  Test Case IT Skills 4 Assessment


Revision and Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual Skills 6
pass paper done throughout
discussion
the semester and
pass paper
discussion

HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization


Time Assignment
Teaching method
Dura
and Outco
Lesson Topic Objectives tion
Learning mes
(Hou
Method
rs)

138 | P a g e
1. Lecturing a. State difference between
BasicofInformationandda data and information
ta-Weighted and non-
weightednumbersystems b. Understanding
and relationship between
Decimalrepresentationofn hierarchical structures of
umericalvaluesandthe data organization (bit,
theory byte...etc.)
/conceptbehinddecimalnu 1
Intelle Quizzes
mber system c. Giving examples for hours
ctual End semester
1.1Introduction to Positional and non- lectur
data and positional Skill Examination
ing
information d. number systems to
describe the
1.2 hierarchical structure anygivennumbersystem
of data organization formataccording tothe
rangeofdigitswhichareusedi
1.3 Positional and non- neach format.
positional
number systems
2.Logic gates and a. States the differences
Boolean algebra between each logic gates
2.1 basic logic gates and their task
AND , OR , b. Develop a small 2hou
NOT , NAND , NOR ,X- combinational circuits rs
OR using the basic logic gates Intelle lectur
2.2 Boolean algebra c. States the Boolean ctual ing
algebraic lows skill 2hou
▪ Commutative low rs
▪ Associative low tutori
▪ Distributive low al
▪ Identity low
▪ Complement low
▪ De Morgan’s low
3. Different types of Lecturing a. convert given decimal
number systems and Tutorial numbers into binary
symbols. Decimal to Intelle
In-class format and vice versa
Binary Conversions / discussions, b. convert binary to octal, ctual
6
Octal / Hexadecimal (& group work Octal to binary, binary to skill
vice versa) and Binary to hours
Numer
Octal and Hexadecimal hex and hex to binary. lectur
ical
(& vice versa) c. convert any number ing
skill
2.1 Converting Unsigned system into any other 14
Whole Numbers Team
number system hours
2.2 Converting Fractions work Individual
tutori
2.3 basic arithmetic & take-home
d. Perform addition, al
operations (addition, interpe Assignment
subtraction, subtraction, division and
rsonal End Semester
multiplication and multiplication any
skills Examination
binary numbers.

139 | P a g e
division) on binary
numbers
3 Signed Integer Lecturing a. Describe the possible Intelle
Representation In-class representations for ctual
3.1 Signed Magnitude discussions, negative numbers skill 3
3.2 Complement Systems group work b. Performbasic Numer hours
3.3 basic
arithmetic arithmetic operations on ical Lectu
Tutorial
operations on numerical numerical values skill ring
End Semester
values represented in represented proble 6
Examination
floating point format m hours
solvin tutori
g al

4 Fixed and Floating- Lecturing a. Describethedifference


Point Representation In-class between fixed point and Intelle
4.1 A Simple Model(14 2
discussions, floating point ctual
bit) hours
group work representation skill
4.2 The IEEE-754 Lectu
Floating Point Standard b. Convert from fixed
ring Tutorial
point to floating point Numer
End Semester
format ical
6 Examination
c. Describe floating point skill
hours
and fixed point format proble
tutori
according to the precision m
al
and range which are used solvin
in each format. g
5 Character Codes Group a. Describe the encoding Intelle
5.1 BCD 1
Presentatio schemes and also the ctual
5.2. EBCDIC hours
n need of encoding skill
5.2 ASCII Lectu
schemes. Inter
5.3 UNICODE ring Assignment
b. Represent any given person
End Semester
string in given string al skill
2 Examination
representation format comm
hours
unicati
tutori
on
al
skill

140 | P a g e
HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems
Lesson Topic Teaching And Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
Learning Duration Method
Method (Hours)
Introduction to Lectures a) Define & explain intellectual skill 1 End of
DBMS tutorial data, information, Semester
Database & DBMS. Exam @
b) Identifying the Continues
Characteristics of Assessments
the Database
Approach
c).Identifying
Components of
database. (Meta
data, query
passer.)

Small group d)Understand intellectual skill, 2 End of


discussion advantage and team work, Semester
& presentation Disadvantage of leadership, Exam @
DBMS with real communication Continues
time application skill Assessments
examples

Team work e)Apply basic intellectual skill, 6 End of


creation of table team work, Semester
principle in access leadership, Exam @
(using Wizard) communication Continues
skill Assessments

Database Lectures a) Explain different intellectual skill 1 End of


model& tutorial database model Semester
Scheme (Network, Exam @
Hierarchical, Continues
relational, Object Assessments
oriented) & Three
schema
architecture.

141 | P a g e
Assignment b)Explain relational Intellectual skill, 2 End of
database models personal and Semester
professional Exam @
development Continues
Assessments

Team work c)Creates tables Intellectual skill, 6 End of


and make personal and Semester
relationships professional Exam @
development Continues
Assessments

Data base Lectures a)Explain ER Intellectual skill, 3 End of


Design ER tutorial conceptual design personal and Semester
model b)Identify Entity professional Exam @
,attributes and development Continues
relationships Assessments

Small group c) Identifies Intellectual skill, 6 End of


discussion Cardinality ratio personal and Semester
& presentation and participation. professional Exam @
development Continues
Assessments

Teamwork d)Explain ER to Intellectual skill, 3 End of


physical modeling personal and Semester
conversion professional Exam @
development Continues
Assessments

Structured Lectures a)Explain DML,DDL Intellectual 1 End of


Query tutorial and DCL Semester
Language Exam @
Continues
Assessments

Teamwork a)Practices SQL Intellectual skill, 6 End of


statements under personal and Semester
DML Exam @

142 | P a g e
professional Continues
development Assessments

Teamwork b)Practices SQL Intellectual skill, 6 End


statements under personal and Semester
DDL professional Exam
development

Tutorial work c) Understand Intellectual skill, 6 Continues


sheet advanced SQL personal and assessments
statements professional
development

Normalization Lectures a). Identify Intellectual skill, 6 End


tutorial anomalies of a personal and Semester
database professional Exam
b). Discuss need of development
normalization.
Removing
anomalies by
introduce
normalization
c). Converting zero
normal form to
third normalization

Security Lectures a). Identifying Intellectual skill, 4 End


concepts & Tutorials concepts of the personal and Semester
Introducing security professional Exam
advanced b). Discuses Grants development
database and Rework
concepts c).Identifying Data
warehousing, Data
Mining

Group Activity d). Installation of Intellectual skill, 1 Continues


MySQL and SQL personal and assessments
Server professional
development

60

143 | P a g e
HNDIT1106: Web Development

Lesson Topic Teaching and Objectives Outcome Time Assessment


Learning Addressed duration method
Methods (Hours)
History and Lecture  Describe the Intellectual skills 1 SEQ
development evolution of the
of the Internet,
How Internet Internet.
operates and  Illustrate how
Internet
governance internet operate
and internet
governing
 Practical  Identify/ Use IT Skills 3 Assignment
different browsers
and search engines

Different ways Theory  Say different ways Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ


of connecting of
to the Internet
connecting to the
Internet
 Practical  Identify different IT Skills 3 Assignment
ways of
connecting to the
internet
Common Theory  Describe common Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
Internet based internet based
applications
(WWW, email, applications
FTP etc.)

 Practical  Create E-mail IT Skills 3 Assignment


account and use e-
mail and use FTP
Types of web- Theory  Describe different Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
sites (Static, types of web sites.
Dynamic,
Collaborative
and

144 | P a g e
Syndication
etc.)

 Practical  Differentiate static, IT Skills 3 Assignment


dynamic web Sites
and collaborative,
Syndication web
sites.
 Use social
networks (e.g.:
face book,
YouTube, Twitter,
etc)
Migration Theory  Explain and Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
from Web 1.0 differentiate web
to Web 2.0 and
the differences 1.0, web 2.0.
between them  Describe how to
migrate contents
from web 1.0 to
web 2.0.
 Practical  Identify web sites IT Skills 3 Assignment
under the category
of web 1.0 and
web 2.0
Modern Web Theory  List out features of Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
applications modern web sites.
(Social
Networking, e-
Commerce, e-
Governance)

 Practical  Recognize features IT Skills 3 Assignment


of modern
ecommerce and
social networking
web sites

145 | P a g e
Data security Theory  Explain about data Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
issues in security issues of
Internet
(Viruses, internet.
Adware &
Spyware,
Trojan
programs etc.)
 Practical  Identify data IT Skills 3 Assignment
security issues in
internet.
Protecting Theory  Describe common Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
data in the internet based
Internet
applications
 Practical  Demonstrate IT Skills 3 Assignment
antivirus software
updating and
firewall setting of
browsers
Markup Theory  Describe HTML Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
languages – basic tags
HTML basics

 Practical  Design a web page IT Skills 3 Assignment


using basic tags
Inserting Theory  Describe how to Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
images, links insert images, links
and Lists
and Lists to a web
page
 Practical  Insert images, IT Skills 3 Assignment
links and Lists to a
web page
Designing Theory  Describe how to Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
tables using design tables in a
HTML
web page

146 | P a g e
 Practical  Create a web page IT Skills 3 Assignment
by adding HTML
tables
Designing Theory  Describe how to Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
forms using design forms in a
HTML
web page.

 Practical  Create forms using IT Skills 3 Assignment


HTML
Use of styles Theory  Describe how to Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
and frames design styles and
frames in a web
page
 Practical  Create a web page IT Skills 3 Assignment
by adding styles
and frames
Website Theory  Describe how to Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
development design a web page
using a design
tool using design tool

 Practical  Design a web page IT Skills 3 Assignment


using a design tool
Deploying Theory  Describe how to Intellectual Skills 1 SEQ
websites deploy web sites

Practical  Deploy a website IT Skills 3 Assignment

HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT


Lesson Topic Teaching and Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
learning addressed duration method
method (Hours)
Introduction to Lecture  Define set, element Intellectual Skills 1 Quizzes
Sets, Sets and  Describe the
elements, Tutorial 2 SEQ
meaning of basic
Construction of
sets set notations

147 | P a g e
 Classify a given
element as a
member or not a
member of a set.
 construct sets
 List the elements
of a set using
listing method and
using set builder
notation
 Construct sets

Special Sets, Lecture  Identify the types Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


VENN Tutorials Analytical Skill 2 Assignment
of a set
Diagrams, Problem Solving
 Define the
Complement of
sets complement of
given set.

Set Operations, Lecture  Perform set Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


Duality Tutorials Problem Solving 2 SEQ
operations to build
set expression

Laws of Lecture  Apply laws of Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


Algebra of Sets Tutorials 2 SEQ
algebra to simplify
Counting
the complex set
Principles
,Power set, expression
Ordered pairs,
Cartesian
products

,Introduction to Lecture  Describe and Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


relations,
Define relations
Notations,
Ordered pairs  Define the inverse
, Product of
of relations
two, three and
more sets,

148 | P a g e
Universal, Tutorial  Find the inverse of Problem Solving 2 SEQ
empty, Equality
relations
relations,
Inverse
Relation

• Lecture  Present relations Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


Representation Tutorials Problem Solving 2 SEQ
graphically as
of relations Analytical Skills
• Composition matrix, arrow
of relations
diagram,
• Types of
relations Directedgraph
Reflexive,  Identify the types
Symmetric,
of relations
Transitive and
Equivalence
relations

• Functions Lecture  Distinguish Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


• Basic Tutorial 2 SEQ
relation and
definitions and
Notations function
• The
 Define terms used
characteristics
of functions in functions
• Standard
 Describe a
function as
Trigonometric, function
Logarithm,
 Identify the partial
exponential etc
• Partial functions
function
 Plot functions
• Linear,
Quadratic, and
Cubic
Functions

• Plotting Lecture  Identify a function Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


functions Tutorial Problem Solving 2 SEQ
as
• Injective, Mathematical
Surjective and Injective,Subjectiv Skills
Objectivefuncti
e and Objective
ons
• Inverse functions
functions
 Define the inverse
• Composition
of functions. function if exist

149 | P a g e
 Compose two or
more functions

• Matrices - Lecture  Arrange given set Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


Introduction
of values as a
• Matrix
Notations Matrix
• Types
 classify the matrix
Matrices
• Equality of type as the
Matrices Tutorial 2 Quizzes
arrangement
 Equate two or
more matrix

• Symmetric/ Lecture  Define the Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


Skew- Mathematical
Symmetric, Skew
symmetric Skills
Matrices symmetric
• Transpose of
Transpose and
a Matrix
Adjoin
• Adjoin of a
Matrix
Matrix
Tutorial  Find the 2 SEQ
Symmetric, Skew
symmetric
Transpose and
Adjoin
Matrix
• Matrix Lecture  Manipulate the Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion/S
addition and Mathematical EQ
matrix Addition,
subtraction Skills
• Scalar product Subtraction, Scalar Problem Solving
and Matrix
product, Matrix
Multiplication
• Properties of multiplication
matrix Tutorials 2 SEQ
multiplication

150 | P a g e
• Elementary Lecture/  Do elementary row Mathematical 3 Discussion/
operations Tutorial Skills SEQ
and column
(Row/ Column) Problem Solving
• Singular/ operations of
Regular Matrix
Matrix

• Determinant Lecture/  Find inverse and Intellectual Skills 3 Discussion/


of Second and Tutorial Mathematical Assignment
determinant of
Third order Skills
Matrices matrix Problem Solving
• Solving
 Use Cramer’s Rule
system of
Linear to solve the system
Equations by
of linear equations.
Cramer’s Rule

HNDIT1108: English for Technology I


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessment
and addressed Duration Method
Learning
Method
1)Simple Communicati a) Identify the Grammar 2 hrs Written &
present & ve approach difference competence and spoken tasks
Present between two communicative
continuous contexts skills
b) Use the
sentence
structures and
verb forms
correctly
2)Simple past Communicati a)Identify the Grammar Written &
and Past ve approach difference between competence and 2 hrs spoken tasks
continuous two contexts communicative
b)Use the sentence skills
structures and verb
forms correctly

3)Simple Communicati a)Identify the Grammar 2 hrs Written &


Future ve approach difference between competence and spoken tasks
two contexts communicative
b)Use the sentence skills
structures and verb
forms correctly

151 | P a g e
4)Future Communicati a)Identify the Grammar 2 hrs Written &
continuous & ve approach difference between competence and spoken tasks
Future Perfect two contexts communicative
b)Use the sentence skills
structures and verb
forms correctly
5)Present Communicati a)Identify the Grammar 2 hrs Written &
Perfect ve approach difference between competence and spoken tasks
two contexts communicative
b)Use the sentence skills
structures and verb
forms correctly
6)Past Perfect Communicati a) Identify the Grammar 2 hrs Written &
ve approach difference competence and spoken tasks
between two communicative
contexts skills
b) Use the
sentence
structures and
verb forms
correctly
7)Prepositions Communicati a) Use Grammar 4 hrs Written &
ve approach prepositions competence and spoken tasks
&Lecture appropriately communicative
skills
8) Passive Communicati a)Identify the Grammar 6 hrs Written &
voice ve approach differences between competence and spoken tasks
& Lecture Active & Passive communicative
Forms of speech skills
b)Use the sentence
structures and verb
forms correctly
9)Determiners Communicati a) Identify different Grammar 2 hrs Written &
ve approach types of competence and spoken tasks
& Lecture determiners communicative
b) Use determiners skills
appropriately
Communicati a) Identify items Writing practice 4 hrs Written &
10)Informal ve approach& of an informal & communicative spoken tasks
letters Lecture letter skill
b) Use language
features
relevant to
informal letter
11)Writing & Lecture a)Identify items of Writing practice 2 hrs Written &
replying invitations and & communicative spoken tasks
invitations and notices skill
notices b)Use language
features relevant to
invitations/notices

152 | P a g e
12)Develop Lecture a)Identify different Writing practice 4 hrs Writing
paragraphs paragraph writing & Organizing activity
styles information
b)Arrange
information in
paragraphs
properly
13)Speech Communicati a)Identify main Identification of 6 hrs Practical
sounds ve approach types of speech speech sounds tasks
& Lecture sounds
b)Identify
formation of
speech sounds
c)Practice
producing speech
sounds
14)Memos Lecture a)Identify items of Writing practice 4 hrs Writing tasks
an informal letter & familiarize
b)Use language memo format
features relevant to
informal letter
15)E-mail Lecture a)Identify items of Writing practice 2 hrs Writing task
an informal letter & familiarize E-
b)Use language mail format
features relevant to
informal letter
16)Word Lecture a)Identify rules of Familiarize word 4 hrs Writing &
formation word formation formation practical task
b)Practice principle &
conjugation of words conjugation
c)Practice using
correct form of words
in texts
17) Revision Task – Complete tasks Grammar 6 hrs Tasks based
Tasks based incorporating learning Reading on the four
teaching skills writing Listening skills
Speaking

Year 1 – Semester II
HNDIT1209 – Object Oriented Programming
Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
And Addressed Duration Method
Learning (Hours)
Methods
Introduction to Lecture  Identify special Intellectual Skills 06 Presentation
JAVA language (group)
features in java
and JAVA

153 | P a g e
Programming
environment

Data Types and Lecture/Pr Intellectual Skills 04


Variables actical
Comments ,  Describe advantages IT Skills 02 Assignment
documentation
of using comments
comments

Using Methods, Lecture  Identify the concept Object Oriented 06


Classes, and Concepts
of classes and
Objects
objects and use of
member
data/methods
Conditions and Lecture/Pr  Identify Flow control Analytical And 04
Logical actical Decision
and combine logical
Expressions Making Skill
expressions
Using repetition Lecture/Pr  Identify Iteration Analytical And 10 Quizzes
and selection actical Decision
controlling
statements Making Skill

Strings and Lecture/Pr  Understand mutable Intellectual Skills 04 Quizzes


wrapper classes actical and immutable
objects and behavior
Arrays and Lecture/Pr  Apply concept of Analytical And 10 Group
complex record actical Decision project
data structures
structures Making Skill

Exception Lecture/Pr  Understand error Intellectual Skills 06


handling actical conditions and how
to handle them
Inheritance, Lecture/Pr  Understand OOP Intellectual Skills 10
polymorphism, actical concepts in java
Abstraction and
Interfaces
Multithreading Lecture/Pr  Use multithreading Analytical And 08
actical in java application Decision
Making Skill

154 | P a g e
Java Applets Lecture/Pr  Understand how java Intellectual Skills 04 Quizzes
actical interacts in web
pages
Graphics in JAVA Lecture/Pr  Apply basic graphics Intellectual Skills 06 Quizzes
actical in java
Using Swing Lecture/Pr  Use swing Intellectual Skills 10 Quizzes
Components and actical components to create
libraries
GUI

HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
and addressed duration method
learning (Hours)
method
Introduction to Lecture  define common Intellectual Skills 2 Quizzes
multimedia and multimedia terms
multimedia
concepts such as multimedia,
integration,
interactive,
Hypermedia
HTML,and authoring
Adobe Flash Practical  Flash basics IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 1 Skills Assignment
Types of Lecture  Describe several Intellectual Skills 2 Discussion
multimedia different
(vector, raster,
linear and environments in
nonlinear etc.) which multimedia can
be used, and several
different aspects of
multimedia that
provide a
benefit over other
forms of information
Presentation.
Adobe Flash Practical  Setting up a Flash IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 2 Scene Skills Assignment

155 | P a g e
Raster and Lecture  Identify the features Intellectual Skills 2 Discussion
Vector content of raster and Vector
Introduce the colour
theory Visible
spectrum, Colour
models: RG B, CMYK,
HSL, YUV
Color depth
Adobe Flash Practical Animation Basic IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 3 Skills Assignment
Typography Lecture introduce the Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion
typography
Character ,glyphs and
font
Special effects:
Tracking & kerning,
line spacing,
orientation, anti-alias
Adobe Flash Practical Motion Tweens IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 4 Skills Assignment
Audio At the end of this Intellectual Skills 2 Discussion
lesson the student will
be
able to explain the
audio
Properties of sound
wave, Audio encoding,
Audio file size and
audio formats Use of
audio in multimedia
(content and ambient
sounds)
Adobe Flash Practical  Movie Clip IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 5 Animation & 3D Skills Assignment

Video and Lecture  Video compression, Intellectual Skills 3 Discussion


Animation video standard and
formats.
 Explain animation
History, Type of
animation, Principles
of animation
Adobe Flash Practical  The Motion Editor IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 6 Skills Assignment

156 | P a g e
Multimedia Lecture  Explain compression Intellectual Skills 2 Discussion
graphic and decompression
compression
schemes and (use run length )
standards

Adobe Flash Practical  ActionScript & IT & Practical 4 Practical


lesson 7 Interactivity Skills Assignment

Multimedia Lecture  Identify the benefits Intellectual Skills 1 Discussion


delivery and drawbacks of
Methods
various options for
packaging and
delivering
your multimedia
projects, including
hosting
Web delivery
Adobe Flash Practical  Working with video IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 8 Skills Assignment
Adobe Flash Practical  Project IT & Practical 4 Practical
lesson 9 Skills Assignment
Team Work And
Inter Personal
Skills
Adobe Practical  Introduction to IT & Practical 4 Practical
Photoshop Photoshop Skills Assignment

Adobe Practical  Identify Tools IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop Skills Assignment
Adobe Practical  Editing IT & Practical 4 Practical
Photoshop Skills Assignment
Adobe Practical  Creating montage IT & Practical 4 Practical
Photoshop Skills Assignment
Adobe Practical  Saving images in IT & Practical 4 Practical
Photoshop different formats Skills Assignment

Adobe Practical  Assignment IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop Skills Assignment

157 | P a g e
HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms
Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
& Addressed Duration
Learning (hours)
Method

Introduction to Data Structure and Algorithm (1st Week)


Primitive Data Lecture Intellectual Skill 1 SEQ
Types and
Abstract Data
Types
Data Structure, Lecture Intellectual Skill SEQ
Linear and
Nonlinear Data
Structure
Algorithm and Group Team Work 2 Group
Efficiency of Discussion Communication Presentation
Algorithm (Big Skill
‘O’ Notation)
Best, Worst and Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/
Average Cases Learning Essay
Array Data Structure (2nd& 3rd Weeks)
What is an Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
array? Skill
Simple C++ Group Team Work 3 Group
programs Discussion Communicatio Presentation
related to array n Skill
Multi- Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Dimensional Skill
Array
Simple C++ Group Team Work 2 Group
programs Discussion Communicatio Presentation
related to 2D- n Skill
Dimensional
Array
Advantages and Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Disadvantages Learning
of arrays
Linked List Data Structure (4th& 5th Weeks)
Define Pointer Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
and Structure Skill
Pointer and Group Team Work 3 Group
Structure in C++ Discussion Communicatio Presentation
n Skill
Linked List and Lecture 1 SEQ
its Operations

158 | P a g e
Structural Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Diagrams of Learning
Linked List
Operations
Implementation Group Team Work 1 Group
of Linked List Discussion Communicatio Presentation
Operations in n Skill
C++
Advantages and Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Disadvantage of Group Skill
Linked List Learning
Stack Data Structure (6th& 7th Weeks)
Stack and its Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Operations Skill
Structural Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Diagrams of Learning
Stack
Operations
Implementation Group Team Work 2 Group
of Stack using Discussion Communicatio Presentation
Array in C++ n Skill
Implementation Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
of Stack using Group Skill 2
Linked List in Discussion Team Work
C++ Communicatio
n Skill
Advantages and Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Disadvantage of Learning
Stack
Queue Data Structure (8th& 9th Weeks)
Queue and its Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Operations Skill
Structural Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Diagrams of Learning
Queue
Operations
Implementation Group Team Work 2 Group
of Queue using Discussion Communicatio Presentation
Array in C++ n Skill
Implementation Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
of Queue using Group Skill 2
Linked List in Discussion
C++
Advantages and Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Disadvantage of Learning
Queue
Tree Data Structure (10th& 11th Weeks)

159 | P a g e
Define Tree Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Skill
Some Terms Group Team Work 1 Group
related to Trees: Discussion Communicatio Presentation
Root, parent, n Skill
child, sibling,
leaf, Size, depth,
height and level,
Degree, Path.
Special Types of Group Team Work 2 Group
Trees: Binary Discussion Communicatio Presentation
Tree, Binary n Skill
Search Tree and
AVL (Adelson
Velsky Landis)
Tree
Implementation Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
of Binary Tree Group Skill 2
Discussion
Advantages and Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Disadvantages Learning
of Binary Tree
Sorting Algorithms (12th& 13th Weeks)
Define sorting Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
algorithms Skill
Selection Sort Group Team Work 3 Group
Algorithm and Discussion Communicatio Presentation
C++ n Skill
implementation
Bubble Sort Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Algorithm and Skill
C++
implementation
Insertion Sort Group Team Work 2 Assignment /
Algorithm and Discussion Communicatio Practical
C++ n Skill
implementation
Efficiency of the Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Sort Algorithms Learning
(Best, Worst and
Average Case
Comparison
Searching Algorithms (14th& 15th Weeks)
Define searching Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
algorithms Skill
Sequential/Linea Group Team Work 3 Assignment /
r Search Discussion Practical

160 | P a g e
Algorithm and Communicatio
C++ n Skill
implementation
Binary Search Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Algorithm and Group Skill 2
C++ Discussion Team Work
implementation Communicatio
n Skill
Efficiency of the Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/Essay
Search Learning
Algorithms
(Best, Worst and
Average Cases)

HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design

Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment


and addressed duration method
learning (hours)
method
Introduction to Lecture  Identify the Intellectual 4 Quiz, Discussion ,
System Analysis skills Group
importance of
and Design Presentation
the SAD
 Identify the
basic concept of
information
system.
 Uses of
information
system.
 Identify the
different types
of information
system
according to the
management
hierarchy

161 | P a g e
Main phases of Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 4 Quiz, Discussion ,
the SDLC main phases of skills Group
Presentation
the SDLC
 Problem
Definition
(systems
Investigation)
 System
Analysis
 System Design
 System
Implementation
 System Testing
 System
Maintenance
Major Lecture  Describe Intellectual 4hrs Quiz, Discussion ,
components of Methodology skills Group
system Presentation
development  Modeling
Methods or
Techniques
 Tools
Software Lecture  Describe Intellectual 8hrs Case study:
process models System skills Select a suitable
Analytical life cycle model
Development skills for a given
life cycle situation
models
Eg: waterfall,
prototyping,
spiral, RAD,
incremental
& Agile
System analyst Lecture  Describe role Intellectual 3hrs Quiz, Discussion ,
and skills of skills Group
Presentation
system analyst

162 | P a g e
Problem Lecture  Explainproblem Intellectual 4hrs Do the feasibility
Identification identification and analytical study calculations
skill The measure of
method how beneficial an
 Create System information
system will be to
proposal an organization.
 Feasibility
study
System Design Lecture  Explain System Intellectual 5hrs Model a logical
design skills system for a given
Analytical skill scenario
approaches. (Create DFD up to
 Describe Tools level 1)
Assignment :Case
and techniques study with DFD
used for and ER
Do examples with
designing:
Structured English
 Data flow ,Decision tree,
diagram Decision Table

(DFDs)
 Data dictionary
 Structured
English
 Decision table
 Decision tree

System Lecture Explain Intellectual 10hrs discussions and


Implementation  source code skills assignments
 user relevant to the
topic
documentation
 System Testing
 staff training
 File conversion
System Lecture Intellectual 3hrs discussions and
Maintenance skills assignments
relevant to the
topic

163 | P a g e
HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks
Lesson Topic Teaching Objective Outcomes Duration Assessment
and (Hours) Method
Learning
Method

Basics of Data Lecture,  Importance of Intellectual 1 SEQ, Discussion ,


Communication Discussion computer Skills Presentation,
Report Writing
network,Basic IT Skills
components of
Writing Skills
communication
system
browsing  Advantages of Intellectual 2 Presentation,
web & having Skills Report Writing
Group
computer IT Skills
Assignme
nt network,
Communicatio
Practical
n Skills
application of
Presentation
networks
Skills

Signal and Lecture  characteristics Intellectual 1 Presentation,MCQ


Modulation - of signals Skills
Type of
Analog and IT Skills
modulations
Digital
communicatio
Signals,Basic
n Skills
Modulation
technologies
Practical  Draw the Time Intellectual 2 Assignment
and frequency Skills
Quiz
domain IT Skills
diagram for
Presentation
modulation
Skills
methods

164 | P a g e
Network Media Lecture  categorize Intellectual 1 Viva,
and Video network media Skills
Quiz, Presentation
depend on the IT Skills
media
Communicatio
types,guided
n Skills
and unguided
media
Practical  Crimping IT Skills 2 Group Works
methods,RJ 45
Network
sockets and Design
identify the concepts
color
Lab exercises
scheme,making
straight through
and crossover
cables
LAN Lecture  Identifying Intellectual 1 Group works
NIC,Switch,HU skills
Components Discussion Presentation
s B and routers IT Skills
Case Studies
Network
design
concepts

Practical  Build a simple Intellectual 2 Paired Works


Assignme computer Skills
nt Assignments
network by IT Skills Based On Packet
using prepared Tracer
Problem
cables, and
Solving Skills,
testing a Analytical
damaged cables Skills
with Network
cable testers
 Introduce
CISCO packet

165 | P a g e
tracer to
connect LAN
equipment,
network utility
command ping
Layered Lecture  Advantages of Intellectual 2 Assignment,SEQ,
Architecture Layered skills
Discussion Essay Type
s Architecture IT Skills
OSI models,
Communicatio
TCP IP models
n Skill

Discussion  Peer Layers and Intellectual 2 Group works


s their duties, Skills
Presentation, Case
Practical Differences Communicatio Studies,
between TCP n Skills
Lab Sheets
and OSI models
 netstat, tracert,
nslookup
commands
Network Lecture  Definition of IT Skills, 2 Assignment,
Protocols protocols and
Communicatio Presentation, Quiz
examples and n Skills, Or Discussion
their port
Intellectual Lab Sheets
numbers,
Skills,
Operations of
Protocols and Critical
their Thinking Skills
demonstrations,
TCP/IP
layers,Video
tutorials

Practical  Wireshark IT Skills, 2 Assignment,


packet capture
Intellectual Lab sheet,
to understand Skills,
Tutorial Or Quiz
the operation of

166 | P a g e
protocols,DHC Problem
P and DNS Solving Skills,
demo with Analytical
packet tracer Skills

IP Addressing Lecture  IP Address and Intellectual 1 Quiz


IPV4 and IPV6 Skill
Lab Demo
versions, IT Skills
logical and Group Work
Communicatio
physical
n skills
addressing,subn
Network
etmask,gateway
design goals

Practical  view IP Intellectual 2 Assignment,


configuration, skills
Viva,
subnet mask IT Skills,
usage and ping Labsheet
Problems
and Group Works
solving Skills,
traceroutecomm
Trouble
ands,Proxy
Shooting Skills
setting to
identify IP
address
Routing Lecture  Basics of Intellectual 3 Checklists
routing and skills
Assignment
routing IT Skills
Discussion
protocols,
Communicatio
Routing and
n Skills
routed
protocols,
Dynamic and
Static routing
methods.

167 | P a g e
Routing
algorithms and
diagrams ARP
and RARP

Group  Drawing Intellectual 2 Presentation


presentati network skills
on Lab Sheets
diagram to IT Skills
Lab Demo understand the
Communicatio
routing
n Skills
algorithms, next
Presentation
hop
Skills

Network Lecture,  Understand the Intellectual 2 Oral Report,


Security Showing basics of skills Presentation, Viva
Animation
security, public IT Skills
s
key and private
Critical
key
Thinking Skills
encryptions,
cryptography,
encryption and
decryption and
terminology
related to
network
security

HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
& Addressed Duration Method
Learning (Hours)
Method
Introduction to Lecture  Define Intellectual 1 Discussion
Statistics “Statistics” Skills

168 | P a g e
 Differentiate
between the
two branches of
statistics.
 Identify types
of data.
 Identify the
measurement
level for each
variable.
Frequently used Lecture  Demonstrate Intellectual 1 Quiz
terms in knowledge of Skills
Statistics
statistical terms
Methods of Give  Identify the Intellectual 1 Individual
Collecting Data Relevant methods of data Skills Presentation
Reference Presentation
And Make collecting Skills
Student  Select a suitable Decision
To Making
Present data collection
The method for a
Gained
given scenario
Knowledg
e
Methods of Self-Study  Identify the Problem 1 Case study
Sampling With The four basic Solving
Help Of
Lecturer sampling
techniques.
Organization and Lecture  Recognize Problem 1 SEQ
Summarization different types Solving
of Data
of data
 Describe data
presented as a
list
 Describe
discrete data

169 | P a g e
presented in a
table
 Describe
continuous data
presented in a
grouped
frequency table
Tutorial  Summarize a Problem 3 Assignment
given data set Solving

using tables
 Present a given
data set using
appropriate
graphical form
Sigma Notation Lecture  expand a sum Mathematical 1 SEQ
and its given in sigma Notation
Properties Handling Skills
notation into an
explicit sum;
 write an explicit
sum in sigma
notation where
there is an
obvious pattern
to the
individual
terms;
 use rules to
manipulate
sums expressed
in sigma
notation
Tutorial  Apply sigma Mathematical 2 Assignment
notations in Notation
Handling Skills
given scenarios

170 | P a g e
Measures of Lecture  Describe Intellectual 2 Discussion
Location Measures of Skills

Location
Tutorial  Summarize Problem 3 Assignment
data, using Solving

measures of
central
tendency, such
as the mean,
median, mode,
and midrange.
Measures of Lecture  Describe Intellectual 1 Discussion
Dispersion Measures of Skills

Dispersion
Tutorial  Describe data, Problem 3 Assignment
using measures Solving

of variation,
such as the
range, variance,
and standard
deviation.
 Identify the
position of a
data value in a
data set, using
various
measures of
position, such
as percentiles,
deciles, and
quartiles.
Permutation and Lecture  Explain the Analytical 1 SEQ
Combinations basic of Skills

171 | P a g e
Permutation
and
Combinations
Tutorial  apply Problem 3 Quiz competition
fundamental Solving

counting
principle
 compute
permutations
 compute
combinations
 distinguish
permutations
vs. combination
Introduction to Lecture  Define Intellectual 1 Quiz
Probability “Probability” Skills

 Define the
terms
experiments,
outcomes,
sample space
Rules of Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 1 Group discussion
Probability Rules of Skills

Probability.
 Describe
independent
events ,
mutually
exclusive
events
Tutorial  Identify the Analytical 2 Assignment
type of event in Skills

a given scenario

172 | P a g e
 Apply Rules of
Probability
Tree Diagrams, Lecture  Describe tree Intellectual 1 SEQ
Conditional diagrams and Skills
Probabilities
Conditional
Probability
Tutorial  Draw tree Analytical 2 Assignment
diagrams for Skills

given scenarios
 Apply Theories
of conditional
probability for
given scenarios
Probability Lecture  Define Intellectual 1 SEQ
Distributions Probability Skills

Distributions
 Differentiate
Discrete and
Continuous PD
Tutorial  Represent Analytical 2 Assignment
Probability Skills

Distributions
using graphs,
table and
equations
Expected Value Lecture  Describe Intellectual 1 Quiz
and Variance Expected Value Skills

and Variance of
discrete
Probability
Distribution.
Tutorial  Apply Theories Analytical 2 SEQ
of Expected Skills

173 | P a g e
Value and
Variance of
discrete
Probability
Distribution for
given scenarios
Binomial, Lecture  Describe Intellectual 2 SEQ
Poisson and Binomial, Skills
Normal
Distributions Poisson and
Normal
Distributions
Tutorial  Represent Analytical 6 Assignment
Binomial, Skills

Poisson and
Normal
Distributions
using graphs or
tables or
equations

HNDIT1215: English for Technology II


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessment
and addressed Duration Method
Learning
Method
1)Flashback on Communicativ a)Identify the Grammar 6 hrs Written & spoken
Tenses including e approach difference between competence and tasks
Active &Passive contexts communicative
voice b)Use the sentence skills
structures and verb
forms correctly

2)Clauses and Grammar Written & spoken


Phrases Communicativ a)Identify the competence and 4 hrs tasks
e approach & difference between communicative
lecture two items skills

174 | P a g e
b)Use the two
items correctly in
sentences
3)Conjunctions Communicativ a)Identify the Grammar 4 hrs Written & spoken
e approach & difference between competence and tasks
lecture two types of communicative
conjunctions skills
b)Use the two
conjunction types
correctly in
sentences
4)Adjectives Communicativ a)Identify different Grammar 4 hrs Written & spoken
e approach & formations of competence and tasks
lecture adjectives communicative
b)Use the skills
adjectives
correctly in
sentences

5)Adverbs Communicativ a)Identify different Grammar 4 hrs Written & spoken


e approach & formations of competence and tasks
lecture adverbs communicative
b)Use the adverbs skills
correctly in
sentences

6)Narratives Communicativ a)Identify Writing skills, 6 hrs Written & spoken


e approach, features/types of Skills of tasks
Audio visual narratives organizing a
method.& b) Develop a good composition,
lecture narrative using Listening
given guide lines. comprehension
7)Accounts on Communicativ a)Read &Identify Writing skills, 4 hrs Written & spoken
Professional e approach features of a good Skills of tasks
experience Audio visual account organizing a
method. & b) Develop a composition,
Lecture good account Listening
using given comprehension
guide lines.
8)Role-play, Communicativa) Listen & communicative 4 hrs Listening & spoken
dialogue e approach & identify useful skills& Listening tasks
Audio visual phrases and comprehension
method expressions
used in
conversations
b) Develop role-
plays in groups
based on
different
situations

175 | P a g e
9) Telephone Communicativ a)Listen & identify communicative 4 hrs Listening & spoken
conversation e approach, useful phrases and skills& Listening tasks
Audio visual expressions used in comprehension
method. telephone
&Lecture conversations
b)Develop
telephone
conversations in
groups based on
different situations
using given
guidelines
Communicativ a)Read &Identify Writing skills, 6 hrs Written & spoken
10) Describe a e approach& sentence patterns Skills of tasks
process Lecture & phrases useful in organizing a
describing a composition,
process Listening
b )Prepare and comprehension
present a
description of a
process using
given guide lines.
11) Comparison a) Listen &Writing practice, 4 hrs Written & spoken
and contrast Communicative identify useful Organizing tasks
approach, phrases and information &
Audio visual expressions used in Listening
method. & comparison/contra comprehension
Lecture st
b) Develop &
present paragraphs
based on
comparison &
contrast using
given guidelines

12) Formal Lecture a) Read and Writing practice 4 hrs Writing activity
letters Identify items & Organizing
& types of information
formal letters
b) Identify
language
features
relevant to
formal letters
c) Draft formal
letters in
groups on
different
matters using
given
guidelines
176 | P a g e
13) Revision Task –based Complete tasks Grammar 6 hrs Tasks based on the
Tasks teaching incorporating Reading four skills
learning skills writing
Listening
Speaking

HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics

Year 2 – Semester III

HNDIT2301: Operating Systems and Information Security

Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment


and address Duration Method
Learning (Hours)
Method
Introduction to Lecture ▪ Introduction. Academic 01 Written Test
computer ▪ What is computer Skills
security: security?
▪ Attacks Academic 01
Lecture ▪ Computer Skills
criminals
▪ Methods of
defense

Cryptography: Lecture ▪ Terminology and Academic


And Tutorial background & 01
▪ Substitution Assignment - 1
ciphers Practical 08
▪ Transpositions Skills &
Written Test
▪ Making a good Academic
Encryption & 01
algorithm The Practical
data encryption Skills 08
standards-DES

177 | P a g e
AES encryption
algorithm

HNDIT2302: IT Project Management


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
and learning addressed duration method
method (Hours)
1. Introduction to Lecture, ▪ Explain what a Intellectual, 02 Quizzes
project Discussion project is and communicati
management provide examples of on skills
and the profile IT projects
of a software ▪ Describe the term
project project management.
▪ Explain the special
characteristics of IT
projects

2. Introduction to Lecture, ▪ Identify key Intellectual, 04 Quizzes,


project Discussion elements of the communicati Discussion
management project management on skills
and the profile framework
of a software ▪ Describe the project
project management process
groups
▪ Describe how the
project management
process groups relate
to the project
management
knowledge areas

3. Project Lecture, ▪ Describe overall Intellectual 04 Quizzes,


Integration tutorial framework for skills Discussion
Management project integration
management and its
relation to other
project management
knowledge areas and
project life cycle.
▪ Identify software
tools to assist project
integration
management

178 | P a g e
4. Scope Lecture, ▪ Define the term Intellectual 05 Discussion,
management Tutorial Project Scope skills Quizzes
Management.
▪ Describe the
processes in Scope
Management
▪ Apply different
project selection
methods
▪ Explain the
importance of
creating a project
charter
▪ Explain the contents
of a scope statement

5. Time Lecture, ▪ Define activities as Intellectual, 08 Quizzes,


management Tutorial, the basis for Practical, IT Practical
Practical developing project skills Assignment
schedules
▪ Describe how
project managers use
network diagrams
and dependencies to
assist in activity
sequencing
▪ Explain how various
tools and techniques
help project
managers to perform
activity duration
estimating and
schedule
development

6. Cost Lecture, ▪ Explain basic project Intellectual 04 Quizzes


Management Discussion cost management skills
principles, concepts,
and terms
▪ Describe the
processes involved
in cost budgeting
▪ Identify the types of
cost estimates and
tools and techniques
for cost
management(top-
down, bottom-up,
parametric)
▪ Use COCOMO
model to create an

179 | P a g e
estimate for a
project.
▪ Use earned value
management to
measure the
performance of a
project.

7. Quality Lecture, ▪ Discuss the Intellectual 04 Quizzes,


Management Discussion importance of skills Discussion
quality assurance
▪ List the outputs of
the quality control
process
▪ Identify the tools
and techniques for
quality control
▪ ( Pareto analysis,
statistical sampling,
Six Sigma, quality
control charts)
8. Human Lecture, ▪ Define project Intellectual 04 Quizzes,
Resource Discussion human resource skills Discussion
Management management and
describe its
processes
▪ Summarize key
concepts for
managing people
▪ Identify the tools for
HR management
(project
organizational chart,
responsibility
assignment matrix,
and resource
histogram)
▪ Explain the concepts
of resource
assignments,
resource loading,
and resource
leveling
9. Communication Lecture, ▪ Describe the Intellectual 02 Quizzes,
Management Discussion importance of good skills Discussion
communication on
projects and major
components of a
communications
management plan

180 | P a g e
▪ Discuss various
methods for project
information
distribution
▪ Determine the
number of
communications
channels needed for
a project
▪ Describe how
software can
enhance project
communications

10. Risk Lecture, ▪ Discuss the Intellectual 04 Quizzes,


Management Discussion importance of good skills Discussion
project risk
management
▪ Discuss the risk
management
processes
▪ Identify tools and
techniques available
for risk management
(probability/impact
matrixes, the Top
Ten Risk Item
Tracking technique,
and expert judgment
to rank risks)
▪ Describe different
risk response
planning
strategies(risk
▪ avoidance,
acceptance,
transference, and
mitigation)

11. Procurement Lecture, ▪ Describe term Intellectual 02 Quizzes


Management Tutorial outsourcing and the skills
importance of
project procurement
management for IT
projects
▪ Identify the
processes in
procurement
management
▪ Define the term e-
procurement

181 | P a g e
12. The Role the Lecture, ▪ Explain the job Intellectual 02 Quizzes,
project Discussion description of an IT skills Discussion
Manager project manager.
▪ Identify the skills
required for a project
manager

HNDIT2303: Fundamentals of Management and Economics


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessment
and Addressed duration method
Learning (Hours)
Methods
1. Introduction to Lecturing ▪ What is management? Intellectual 04 (L) SEQ
Management In-class ▪ Management as a skills
discussions, process
group work
▪ Management is an Art
or a Science?
▪ Core concepts of
management
▪ Why management?
▪ Who is a Manager?
▪ Managerial roles
2. Introduction to Lecturing ▪ What is an Intellectu 04 (L) SEQ
Organization In-class organization? al skills Assignment
and discussions, ▪ What is a business 02 (T)
Organization group work
organization?
Environment
▪ Classification of
business
organizations
▪ Organizational
Environment
▪ SWOT Analysis in
Organizational
Environment
▪ Corporate Social
Responsibility
▪ Stakeholders of an
Organization

182 | P a g e
3. Evolution of Lecturing ▪ Introduction to Intellectual 04 (L) SEQ
Management In-class Evolution of skills Assignment
Thought discussions, Management Thought 02 (T)
group work
▪ Classical Approach to
Management
▪ Behavioral Approach
▪ Management Science
Approach
▪ Systems Approach
▪ Contingency
Approach
▪ Japanese
Management
Approach
▪ Japanese Vs
American
Management
Approach
▪ Theory Z
▪ Excellence in
Business Approach
▪ Evolving
Contemporary
Management
Approaches

4. Managerial Lecturing ▪ Decision and decision Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ


Decision In-class making skills
Making and discussions, ▪ Decision making 02 (T)
Problem group work
conditions
Solving
▪ Information for
decision making
▪ Decision making
models

5. The Process of Lecture ▪ What is planning? Intellectual 04 (L) SEQ


Planning ▪ What is a corporate skills MCQ
plan 02 (T)
▪ Vision, Mission,
Objectives and Goals
▪ SWOT analysis

183 | P a g e
6. The Process of Lecturing ▪ Organization as Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ
Organizing managerial function skills
▪ Organizational 02 (T)
structure and chart
▪ Groups, Teams and
Committees
7. The Process of Lecturing ▪ Leading as Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ
Leading managerial function skills
▪ Leader vs. managers 01(T)
▪ Leadership theories
8. The Process of Lecture ▪ Control as managerial Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ
Controlling function skills
▪ Importance of 01(T)
controlling
▪ Process of controlling

9. Importance of Lecture ▪ Basic Principles of Intellectual 09 (L) SEQ


Economics Economics skills
▪ Demand, Supply & 03 (T)
Price

HNDIT2304: Project (Group)


Formats of the key milestones of the Project

Project Proposals

This is the initial document of a project. The purpose of the proposal is to identify a client with whom we
can build up a proposal.

This is the preliminary step of the feasibility study. Student should start with introducing the problem
through the proposal. This project proposal should contain:

Brief introduction about the client

• Business process

184 | P a g e
• Existing system

• Problems and weaknesses

• Aims and objectives of the project

• Scope of the project

• Project feasibility

• Project plan/schedule

• Client’s contact details

The document should include a brief chapter for each of the above headings. Number of pages should not
exceed 12 pages excluding the cover page of the document.

Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final

The reports in general should have the following content.

 Introduction
 Problem definition and System Analysis
 System Design
 Development, Testing and Implementation
 Evaluation and Conclusions

185 | P a g e
Problem Definition and System Analysis

In this phase, there should be a description of the problem that is to be solved, the requirements of the users
and how they were obtained. There should be a clear statement of the need.

 Define the problem and indicate end users


 Investigate the problem: using questionnaires, observations, past data reviews,
 Interviews, and working with available systems. This section should specify what the final system
should do. Do not discuss implementation issues here.
 Record the findings
 Analyze the findings
 Identify problems/inefficiencies and strengths of current system
 Specify requirements: hardware, software and live ware
 Identify the current user activities and current data structures
 Identify scope with clear boundaries
 Analyze the data and tasks carried out by the user: using a suitable software process model
 Develop and document a clear, testable, verifiable Requirement Specification (use IEEE standards)
 Acceptance test criteria should be discussed here
 Intended benefits and alternatives e.g Business Systems Options (BSO)

System Design

This phase includes detailed system design including data structures, input-output formats and user
interfaces. In this section students should discuss how he/she is going to implement the computer based
solution. There should be clear design specifications:

 User interface design: design and document user interfaces for data capturing and data visualization
 Data structures/ system data model
 Specify any verification and validation required and interactive feedback required if there are any
errors in the input
 Design and document using appropriate techniques where possible:
Normalization, E-R (Entity Relationship) / EER (Enhanced Entity Relationship) models, data
structures necessary to solve inefficiencies indicated in the requirement specification

186 | P a g e
 Task model: Design and document user task models in the form of task hierarchies, state transition
diagrams or any other form of top down diagrams

Development, Testing, and Implementation

This phase will comprise of a software solution and comprehensive test plan that is developed from the
design, which should show that the system works with all valid, invalid and extreme data. The test plan
should be clearly cross-referenced to show that the system has been tested during development and
implementation. It is equally important to test the user interface (navigation and displays etc.) as well as
system functionality and accuracy of data.

 Software development: The solution may be implemented using one or more programming
languages, application software packages, authoring and publishing tools. Brief description of any
software used, together with reasons for their selection should be included in the report.
 Develop and document data structures of the design
 Produce detailed output from testing, cross referencing as appropriate to the test plan and select
suitable test data and test actions/responses for the design
 Test the software solution with the user, providing documented evidence that the solution works
and devise a strategy for its implementation

Structure of the Report

 Students are expected to introduce each chapter with its own mini-introduction. This will
summarize how the chapter fits in to the whole report and, it should summarize what the previous
chapter asserts and indicate how this chapter follows on.
 At the end of each chapter, students will summarize the contents of the chapter clearly. Again,
students are expected to indicate how the chapter that follows will relate to the current one in the
appropriate places.
 It is not enough in a project to do something and then report how it was done. In most cases students
will be expected to justify why it was done.. Depending on the nature of the project, this evaluation
may warrant a chapter on its own.

187 | P a g e
 The project report must have a conclusion chapter. In this final chapter, students are expected to
draw together the themes and arguments presented in the body of the text. The initial paragraph
should cover what the project was an outline its main objectives.
 In addition they are expected to emphasize the positive aspects of the work and show how one has
dealt with the problems that arose during the course of the project. Where problems have proved
insurmountable, the student should describe potential solutions to the problems and show how one
worked around them.
 Students should comment on how they generally handled the project and if they are to redo the
project, then how they would have approached it differently. They should comment on how the
other academic modules taken for the degree have contributed to the project and how the project
experience will help in one’s future career development.

Length and Content


The body of the report should include tables, figures and illustrations and report writing should be
clear and concise.
The report documentation specifications are listed as follows:
Paper Size A4 (210mm x 297mm)
Font Times New Roman 12pt
Spacing 1.5 line spacing for main text, single line spacing for footnotes
Margins Left: 3.0cm
Right: 2.5cm
Top: 2.5cm
Bottom: 2.5cm

Title page

Title page template is shown in Appendix D. The “title page” must follow the institute approved format.
Report such as proposal, interim report, final report should be shown appropriately.

Acknowledgments

The contents and phrasing of the acknowledgments will be the sole responsible of the report writer.

188 | P a g e
Declaration page

This is shown in Appendix A

Abstract

The abstract should be maximum 150 words and should contain key words of the report and brief
explanation of the report contents.

Table of Contents

Template for the Table of Contents is given in Appendix B.

List of Figures, Tables and Abbreviations

List of abbreviations, illustrations, figures and tables should match the Table of Contents in style and
layout.

Chapter Titles and Section Headings

The project report has to be written in passive voice. Chapter titles or section headings should give the
reader a clear indication of the content that follows. Chapter titles should be centered and bold. Sections
may be bold; first level must use title capitalization or ALL CAPS; second level will be in title or sentence
capitalization- not all caps. Third level headings should be in sentence capitalization.

189 | P a g e
Appendix A

Chapter Title Page No.

Title page i

Declaration ii

Acknowledgements iii

Abstract iv

Table of Contents v

List of Tables vi

List of Figures vii

Abbreviations viii

Introduction

 Description about the business organization and the business area chosen

 Business process

 Problem definition

 Aims and objectives

 Scope with clear boundaries

 Organization of the dissertation

System Analysis

 Facts gathering techniques used and the findings

o Describe the user requirements using Use-Case diagrams and Use-Case descriptions
(Current System)

o Prepare Activity Diagrams to describe the functionality of the Use-Cases identified in the
above Use-Case diagrams. Use swim lanes to show the role of actors involved with the
process. Clearly indicate the activities to be computerized. These activity diagrams should
not have a column for “system”. Work only with the application domain.

190 | P a g e
o Do a verb-noun analysis on use case descriptions and activity diagrams and identify the
entity classes. Prepare a Class Diagram.

o If necessary, prepare Sequence Diagrams and State Chart Diagrams for the Current System

 Software requirement specification

 Complete BSOs (At least three)

 Cost benefit analysis

 Selected BSO with a sound justification

System Design

 Describe the user requirements to be implemented in the proposed system using Use-Case
diagrams and Use-Case description.

 Describe the functionality of the Use-Cases identified in the Use-Case diagram(s) using
Activity Diagrams.

 Use swim-lanes to show the role of actors involved with the process. These activity diagrams
should have a “system” column.

 Identify entity, boundary (interface) and control classes (define all the attributes and methods
of each class) for the proposed system and prepare a Class Diagram. The class diagram should
clearly describe the communication between classes. Realize all the Use- Cases identified using
Sequence Diagrams. (Depending on your approach you may prepare Sequence Diagrams first
and then the Class Diagram

 Normalized database design

 Design of data capturing interfaces and report layouts

191 | P a g e
Development

 Prepare State Chart Diagrams to describe the behavior of all the classes stated in the Class Diagram.
Discuss the programming language properties required to implement the above Class Diagram and
select programming language/languages.

 Data structures and algorithms

 Third party components / libraries used

Testing

Describe the testing strategy and test plan. Discuss whether the testing approach is Black box or White box
and justify your selection.

List all the Test cases required for the system. If the list too long (for example, the list is longer than two
A4 list only the important test cases in the body of the report and attached all the test cases as an appendix.
The following information should also be available with the test cases:

• Running platform (ex. MS-Windows XP)

• Tester name

• Signature of the tester

• Date

• Test version (There can be more than one tests)

Test report and discussion on quality and reliability

Discuss severity of the error / bug identified and possible solutions (Catastrophic, Serious, Moderate,

Tolerable or Insignificant: Refer to the text “Software Engineering” by Prof. Ian Sommerville for more
information)

Implementation

 Installation guide
 User guide
 Backup procedures / cycles
 Security procedures

192 | P a g e
Evaluation & Conclusion

 Degree of objectives met


 Usability, accessibility, reliability and friendliness
 User’s response
 Limitations and drawbacks
 Future modifications, improvements and extensions possible
References

Assessment of the Project

a) Proposal Presentation - 10%


b) Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form) - 25%
c) Interim Progress (Report, Presentation) - 15%
d) Final Product and Presentation - 50%
Total Marks - 100%

** The meetings with the supervisor will be assessed based on the records of the log form. it is the
responsibility of the student to fill out the log form on every meeting with the supervisor and get his/her
signature.

Sample Log Form

Date
Duratio Supervisors’
No. and Description
n Signature
Time

193 | P a g e
3

HNDIT2305: English for Technology III

Lesson Teaching and Objectives Outcome Time Assessm


Topic Learning addressed Duratio ent
Method n Method
1. Compound Lecture c) Identify the three Grammar 4h Written
and Communicative different types of competence and and
Complex Learning sentences communicative spoken
Sentences d) Develop skills tasks
sentences/conversation
using the three different Grammar
types of sentences competence and
appropriately communicative
2. Modals Lecture e) Identify the different skills 4h Written
Communicative modals Grammar and
Learning a) Develop competence and spoken
sentences/conversation communicative tasks
using the modals skills
appropriately
3. Conditional Lecture f) Identify the three 4h Written
s different types of and
Communicative sentences spoken
Learning a) Develop tasks
sentences/conversation
using the three
different types of
sentences
appropriately

194 | P a g e
4. Presentatio Lecture a) Observe model Improve 6h Written
n skills Audio visual presentations presentation and
method b) Organize information skills spoken
in a presentation tasks
a) Follow stages,
language features and
body language useful
for a presentation
b) conduct group
presentations
5. Conducting Lecture c) Listen to meetings Improve 4h Written
Meetings Audio visual d) organize information meetings skills and
method in a meeting spoken
e) Follow stages, tasks
language features and
body language useful
for
f) conduct effective
meetings
6. Making a Lecture g) Listen to speeches Improve oratory 4h Written
speech Audio visual h) organize information skills and
method in a meeting spoken
i) Follow stages, tasks
language features and
body language useful
for
j) conduct effective
meetings
7. Evaluatio Oral test To asses 6h
n competence in
spoken English

8) Intensive Discussion Read and Find answers Develop 4h Written


Reading based on material related comprehension and
to technology skills on discussio
technological n task
9) Extensive Discussion Read and Find answers documents. 4h Written
Reading based on material related and
to technology discussio
n task

195 | P a g e
10) Preparing Discussion k) organize information 4h Written
in an advertisement &
Advertisement l) Follow language communi
features useful in cative
writing advertisements task
m) Prepare effective
advertisements

11)Evaluation 4h Written
Complete the assessment task
successfully
12) Practice Communicative b) Apply sentence Develop 4hrs Oral &
Tenses method structures according grammar skills written
to tenses correctly tasks

13) Revision Task –based Complete tasks Grammar 8 hrs Tasks


Tasks teaching incorporating learning skills Reading based on
writing the four
Listening skills
Speaking

196 | P a g e
HNDIT2310: Rapid Application Development

Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessment


and Addressed duration method
Learning (Hours)
Methods
1. traditional and lecture ▪ Introduction Intellectual 01 SEQ
modern application about RAD skills
development ▪ History of RAD
methods, Practical ▪ Identify visual IT Skills 04 Assignment
their advantages Basic
and disadvantages, environment
Working with RAD ▪ Identify Tools in
GUI tool Box
▪ Identify
properties for
each tool in tool
box

2. interface design Theory ▪ (a).Explain the Intellectual 1 Hour SEQ


for .NET Framework Skills
RAD applications Practical ▪ (b).write simple IT Skills 4 Hours Assignment
using a common VB Application
RAD using different
tool tools in tool box
3. Characteristics Theory ▪ (a).Describe Intellectual 1Hour SEQ
of RAD Characteristics of Skills
RAD
Practical ▪ (b).implement IT Skills 04 Assignment
common event
handlers
▪ and UI
component
interactions in
RAD
▪ using a common
RAD tool
4. Variables and Theory ▪ Explain About Intellectual 01 SEQ
Data Types variables Skills
▪ Describe how to
use Data types
Practical ▪ Write programs Programing 04 Assignment
for IF.. Else, Skills
Nested IF
Functions

5 Selection & Theory ▪ Operators Intellectual 04 SEQ


Decision in Skills
VB.Net Practical ▪ write programs Programing 04 Assignment
for Nested If Skills

197 | P a g e
▪ Write programs
for While and Do
while
6. Repetition in Theory ▪ differentiate do Intellectual 01 SEQ
VB. Net wile & while , do Skills
until & until
Practical ▪ Write A programing 04 Assignment
programs for Skills
until, Do until
7. Continue Theory ▪ describe about Intellectual 01 SEQ
previous FOR loops Skills
Practical ▪ Write A programing 04 Assignment
programs for Skills
FOR.. Next
8. Basic Object Theory ▪ Understanding Intellectual 01 SEQ
oriented Classes Skills
Programing Practical ▪ (c).Working With programing 04 Assignment
Concepts Object Oriented Skills
Concepts
9. classes in Theory ▪ Describe Intellectual 01 SEQ
VB.Net Inheritance, Skills
Polymorphism,
and Names Space
Practical ▪ Create Different programing 04 Assignment
Classes in Skills
VB.Net
10 different Theory ▪ Introduction Intellectual 01 SEQ
methods of About Business Skills
providing database Application
integration and ▪ Features of ADO.
connectivity into a Net
application Practical ▪ Create simple programing 04 Assignment
Database Skills
▪ Create a
Connection

11. Continue Theory ▪ Describe how to Intellectual 01 SEQ


previous put data Adaptor Skills
Practical ▪ Creating Data programing 04 Assignment
Adaptor. Skills
▪ Practice with
Data Command
and Data Reader
12. develop Theory ▪ Describe About Intellectual 01 SEQ
database Sub Procedures Skills
connectivity layers Practical ▪ Insert, Update, programing 04 Assignment
into an application Delete, Records Skills
in Database
13 continue previous Theory ▪ Describe Intellectual 01 SEQ
Connecting Skills

198 | P a g e
Database using
Classes
Practical ▪ Connect Database programing 04 Assignment
using Classes Skills
14. components of Theory ▪ Describe Intellectual 01 SEQ
service oriented Connecting Skills
application Database using
architectures in a Classes
RAD environment continue…
Practical ▪ Combine all programing 04 Assignment
Modules Skills
15. deployment Theory ▪ Describe Intellectual 01 SEQ
technique for Different Ways Skills
RAD applications of Deploying
and environments Project
Practical ▪ Deploy a project IT Skills 04 Assignment

HNDIT2308: Principals of Software Engineering


Lesson topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
and Addressed duration method
learning (Hours)
method
10. Introduction Lecture ▪ Describe the Intellectual, 03 Group
to software Tutorial necessity for and Presentation Discussion
development engineered approach skills Quiz
for software
development and the
historical
development of
software development
methodologies
11. Principles of Lecture ▪ Describe the basic Communica 03 Presentation
software Tutorial principles of software tion, Quiz
engineering engineering and name Presentation
and common approaches skills
common to software
approaches engineering
12. Software Lecture ▪ Software Intellectual, 03 Presentation
development Tutorial development Presentation Group
lifecycles lifecycles from skills discussion
requirement gathering
to software design
13. Techniques Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Intellectual 03 Presentation
used for Tutorial techniques used for skills Quiz
requirement requirement gathering
gathering from real world
situations

199 | P a g e
14. Methodologi Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Communica 03 Group
es for Tutorial methodologies for tion, discussion
business business process re- Presentation
process re- engineering and skills
engineering business process
and business designs
process
designs
15. Software Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Intellectual, 03 Group
requirements Tutorial techniques for Presentation discussion
specification providing software skills Quiz
s requirements
specifications
16. Software Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Intellectual 03 Group
design Tutorial different common skills discussion
methodologies for
software design
17. Techniques Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Communica 03 Presentation
for coding Tutorial standard techniques tion,
and for coding and Presentation
Documentati Documentation skills
on
18. Software Lecture ▪ Describe and use Intellectual, 03 Presentation
and system Tutorial standard practices and Presentation
testing techniques for skills
software and system
testing
19. Project Lecture ▪ Describe the Intellectual 03 Group
Management Tutorial importance of project skills discussion
in software Management in
engineering software engineering
and apply common
project management
techniques
20. Configuratio Lecture ▪ Describe the Intellectual, 03 Presentation
n Tutorial importance of Presentation Group
management configuration skills discussion
management and
apply relevant
techniques
21. Revision of Lecture ▪ Revise the entire Writing 03 Discussion,
course Discussion syllabus skills quiz
content and
Paper
discussion

200 | P a g e
HNDIT2309: Object Oriented Analysis and Design

Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessment


and Addressed duration method
Learning (Hours)
Methods
1. The Theory ▪ Identify and describe Intellectual 01 SEQ
fundamental the Object Oriented skills
concept of concepts
Object ▪ Classes, Objects
Orientation ▪ Abstraction
▪ Encapsulation
Practical ▪ Apply Object IT Skills 04 Assignment
Oriented Concepts for
programs

2. The relation / Theory ▪ Compare and contrast Intellectual 01 SEQ


differences to Object Oriented Vs Skills
traditional Traditional Analysis
analysis and and Design
design Techniques
techniques ▪ Identify and describe
the Object Oriented
concepts
▪ Inheritance
▪ Polymorphism

Practical ▪ Apply Object IT Skills 04 Assignment


Oriented Concepts for
programs

3. The concepts Theory ▪ Define object Intellectual 01 SEQ


and principles modelling and explain Skills
of object its benefits
oriented ▪ Define Unified
analysis and Modelling Language
modeling (UML) and its various
types of diagrams
Practical ▪ Apply Object IT Skills 04 Assignment
Oriented Concepts
and principles to
develop software
4. Theory ▪ Recognize the Intellectual 01 SEQ
benefits of a software Skills
development process

201 | P a g e
The principles of ▪ Identify the different
an object Process Models
oriented available
software ▪ Describe the stages of
development Rational Unified
process Process (RUP)
Practical ▪ Apply Object Programing 04 Assignment
Oriented Concepts Skills
and principles to
develop software
5. Theory ▪ Describe the benefits Intellectual 01 SEQ
Creating Use of Use-Case Skills
Case Modelling
Diagrams ▪ Define actors, use
cases and use-case
relationships
▪ Identify and describe
the steps for preparing
a use-case model
Practical ▪ Draw standard Use IT Skills 04 Assignment
Case diagrams for
given case
▪ studies
6. Theory ▪ Recognize the Intellectual 01 SEQ
Identifying concepts and Skills
Classes, notations used for
Packages and finding Objects and
drawing Class Classes
Diagrams, ▪ Identify the UML
Object concepts of
Diagrams and Stereotypes
Composite ▪ Draw Class Diagrams
Structure and Object Diagrams
Diagrams
Practical ▪ Draw standard UML IT Skills 04 Assignment
diagrams for given
case
▪ studies
6. Identifying Theory ▪ Draw Composite Intellectual 01 SEQ
Classes, Structure Diagrams Skills
Packages and ▪ Illustrate the
drawing Class definitions of
Diagrams, relationships between
Object classes in the system.
Diagrams and ▪ Specifically, the
Composite concepts of
Structure Association and
Diagrams Aggregation

202 | P a g e
▪ Illustrate the
application of
generalization and
specialization
principles to
▪ discover super
class/subclass
relationships
Practical ▪ Draw standard UML IT Skills 04 Assignment
diagrams for given
case
▪ studies
8. Describe and Theory ▪ Design of an Object Intellectual 01 SEQ
apply Object Oriented System Skills
Oriented Practical ▪ Design Object IT Skills 04 Assignment
Design and Oriented System
Modeling using
UML

9. Describe and Theory ▪ The Process of Object Intellectual 01 SEQ


apply Object oriented Design Skills
Oriented Practical ▪ Design Object IT Skills 04 Assignment
Design and Oriented System and
Modeling using programing
UML Skills
1. Describe, Theory ▪ An introduction to Intellectual 01 SEQ
define and State Diagrams Skills
create State ▪ Create State diagrams
Diagrams ▪ Importance of State
Diagrams
Practical ▪ Draw standard State IT Skills 04 Assignment
diagrams for given
case
▪ studies
11. Discovering Theory ▪ Add scenarios to the Intellectual 01 SEQ
Object system to describe Skills
Interactions how Use Cases are
realized as
interactions among
societies of objects
▪ Describe a scenario
by applying sequence
diagrams
Practical ▪ Draw Sequence IT Skills 04 Assignment
diagrams for given
case
▪ Studies

203 | P a g e
12. Activity Theory ▪ Model Use-Case Intellectual 01 SEQ
Diagrams activities using Skills
Activity Diagrams
▪ Identify and draw
swim lanes in activity
diagrams
Practical ▪ Draw Activity IT Skills 04 Assignment
diagrams for given
case
▪ studies
13. Case Studies Theory ▪ Draw standard UML Intellectual 01 SEQ
diagrams using an Skills
UML modeling tool
for a given case study
Practical ▪ Draw standard UML IT Skills 04 Assignment
diagrams using an
UML modeling tool
for a given case study
14. Describe and Theory ▪ Object Oriented Intellectual 01 SEQ
work on a Analysis and Design Skills
comprehensive Project
Object Oriented Practical ▪ Object Oriented programing 04 Assignment
Analysis Analysis and Design Skills
and Design Project
Project
15. Continue of Theory ▪ Object Oriented Intellectual 01 SEQ
the Design Analysis and Design Skills
project with Project
teacher Practical ▪ Object Oriented programing 04 Assignment
moderation Analysis and Design Skills
Project

Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2320: Advanced Database Management Systems


Lesson Topic Teaching Objective Outcomes Duration Assessment
and (Hours) Method
learning
method
1. Introduction to Lecture Refresh basic ▪ Understan 01 Chapter review
Databases database d basic questions
a. Introduction. concepts database
Traditional File base concepts
systems.
b. Database Approach

204 | P a g e
c. Roles in the database
environment.
d. History of DBMS
e. Advantages and
Disadvantages of
DBMS.
2. Introduction to MS Practical Refresh MS ▪ Develop 04 Evaluate
Access 2010 Access complete practical
knowledge small
business
applicatio
n using
MS
Access
3. Database Environment Group Refresh basic ▪ Ability to 01 Evaluate the
a. Three-Level ANSI – presentation database express presentation
SPARC Architecture concepts and their
b. Database languages improve understand
(DDL,DML,4GLs) presentation ing to
c. Data models and skills others,
conceptual
modeling.
d. Functions of DBMS
e. Components of
DBMS
f. Multi user DBMS
architectures.
4. Continue MS Access Practical Refresh MS ▪ Develop 04 Evaluate
2010 Access complete practical
knowledge small
business
applicatio
n using
MS
Access
5. The Relational Lecturer/ Improve ▪ Better 01 Quiz
model. Presentation background understand
a. Brief history of the knowledge of ing of
relational model relational Relational
b. Terminology models model
c. Integrity constraints
d. Views
e. Continue MS Access Practical Refresh MS ▪ Develop 04 Evaluate
2010 Access complete practical
knowledge small
business
applicatio
n using
MS
Access

205 | P a g e
6. Relational Algebra Lecturer/ Giving logical ▪ Improve 01 Quiz
and calculus Presentation and their
a. Relational Algebra mathematical logical
b. Relational calculus background of thinking
SQL and query
building
ability
7. Introduction to SQL Practical Giving practical ▪ Familiar 04
a. Installation SQL envier mental the SQL
Server 2008 skill of SQL server
environme
nt
8. Database planning, Lecture / ▪ 01
Design & presentation
administration,
9. Continue SQL Practical Improve the ▪ Improve 04
a. Data manipulation practical practical
b. SQL Data Type experience with experience
c. Integrity SQL with
Enhancement types logical
thinking
ability
10. Continue Chapter 05 ▪ 01
& 06
a. Fact finding
techniques

11. Data definition Practical Improve the ▪ 04


a. Views practical
experience with
SQL
12. ER Modeling ▪ 01
13. Data Transactions Practical Improve the ▪ 04
14. Discretionary practical
Access control experience with
SQL
15. Normalization Lecture ▪ 01 Quiz

16. Query by Example Practical Improve the 04


practical
experience with
SQL
17. Conceptual Database Lecture/ 01
Design Presentation

18. Introduction to semi Practical Giving practical 04


structured data and envier mental
XML skill of web
a. XML related databML
technologies

206 | P a g e
19. Logical Database Lecture/ 01 Quiz
Design Presentation

20. XML schemas Practical Improve the 04


a. XML query practical
languages experience with
SQL
21. Physical Database Lecture/ 01
Design Presentation

22. XML & Database Practical Improve the 04


practical
experience with
SQL
23. Monitoring and Lecture/ 01 Quiz
Tuning the operational Presentation
systems

24. Access, SQL, XML Assess practical 04


individual class test knowledge
25. Database Security Lecture / 01
presentation

26. Data security related Practical 04


practical
27. Transaction Lecture / 01 Tutorial
Management presentation
a. Transaction support
b. Concurrency control
c. Database recovery
d. Advanced
Transaction models
e. Concurrent control
& recovery in SQL
28. Introduction to Lecture / 04 Case studies
Object DBMS presentation
a. Advanced database
applications
b. Weaknesses of
RDBMS
c. Object Oriented
concepts
d. Storing Objects in a
relational database
e. Next generation
database systems
f. OO database design

207 | P a g e
g. OO analysis and
design with UML

29. Revision and past Discussion 01 Evaluate the


paper discussion oral discussion
30. Revision and past Discussion 04 Evaluate the
paper discussion oral discussion

HNDIT2321: Data Communication and Network – II


Lesson Topic Teaching and Objective Outcomes Durati Assessment
learning on Method
Method (Hours
)
1. Basics of Lecture, ▪ describe the basic Intellectual skill 02 Oral Report
Computer concepts of IT Skill
Networks computer networks
browsing web ▪ describe the Intellectual skill 02 Presentation
& Group advantages and risk IT Skill
Assignment of computer Communication
networks Skill
Presentation Skill
2. LAN Lecture ▪ describe LAN Intellectual skill 02 Quiz
Communicati Communication IT Skill
on Concepts - Concepts and client
Client Server server information
Information systems
Systems Group ▪ Describe difference Intellectual skill 03 Presentation
Discussion between pear to IT Skill
pear and client Communication
server network Skill

3. OSI and IEEE Lecture ▪ describe OSI and Intellectual skill 02 Quiz
802.x IEEE 802.x IT Skill
Reference Reference Models
Models

Group IT Skill 04 Assignment


Assignment Communication
Skill

4. LAN Lecture ▪ describe different Intellectual skill 02 Oral Report


Topologies & LAN Topologies & IT Skill
Transmission data transmission
Group ▪ describe efficiency, Intellectual skill 04 Presentation
Assignment advantages and IT Skill
disadvantages of Communication
Skill

208 | P a g e
LAN Topologies &
data transmission
5. Structured Practical/ site ▪ describe concepts Intellectual skill 06 Report about
Cabling visit & video of structured IT Skill site visit
Systems tutorial Cabling Systems Communication (network
Skill cable layout
diagram of
visited site)
6. Internet Browsing ▪ describe the IT Skill, 03 Assignment
Client/Server internet fundamental Communication
Structure concepts in Internet Skills
Client/Server
Structure

7. Ethernet Lecture ▪ describe the Intellectual skill 02 Quiz


Standards and fundamental IT Skill
FDDI Group concepts in Intellectual skill 04 Group
Assignment different LAN IT Skill Presentation
standard such as Communication
100 Mbps Ethernet Skill
LANs, 100BASE-
T, Switched
Ethernet, 100VG-
AnyLAN , Gigabit
Ethernet, FDDI
Protocols and
Station
Management, Fiber
Channel, Firewire,
and SANs
8. Wireless Lecture ▪ describe Intellectual skill 02 Oral Report
Networks & fundamentals of IT Skill
LAN Remote Wireless Networks Communication
Access & LAN Remote Skill
Access
Practical ▪ Configure wireless Intellectual skill 04 Observation
access points, IT Skill
security settings Communication
and remote access Skill

Bridges and Lecture ▪ Describe the Intellectual skill 02 Quiz


Switches & operation of IT Skill
routing, Bridges and
Spanning Tree Switches.
Algorithm ▪ Routing and
Spanning Tree
Algorithm

209 | P a g e
Assignment ▪ Determine a best Intellectual skill 04 Short exam
route for a given IT Skill
network

HNDIT2313: Enterprise Information Security


Lesson Topic Teaching and Objective Outcomes Durati Assessment
learning on Method
Method (Hours
)
1. .Introduction Lecture ▪ This unit provides an Intellectual, 03 Group
to Enterprise Tutorials overview of general Presentation discussion
Information security concepts, skills and Quiz
Security terminologies, issues,
and some technical
background such as
computer networks
and security models.
2. Introduction Lecture ▪ Students should Intellectual, 03 Discussion
to Enterprise Tutorials understand the Presentation about
Information concept of skills Advantages
Security information security of
and the information Information
security risks an Security
enterprise may face,
and be able to explain
important concepts
and terminologies
related to enterprise
information security.
3. Cryptography Lecture ▪ Cryptography is about Intellectual, 01 Group
and Tutorials encryption and Presentation Discussion
Cryptology. decryption. It sits at skills
the center of
information security,
and can be used for
different purposes. In
this unit, students will
study both symmetric
and asymmetric
cryptography,
including public key
cryptography, data
encryption standard
(DES),
Practical ▪ Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Lab sheet 1
on the implementation Lab Sheet 2
of a mono-alphabetic

210 | P a g e
substitution cipher –
Caesar’s cipher. For
the implementation
you may use any
programming
language although
Java is recommended.
4. Cryptography Lecture ▪ Students should be Intellectual, 01 Quiz
and Tutorials able to describe the Presentation
Cryptology. principles and skills
features of some
classical and modern
cryptographic systems
and algorithms.
Students should also
be able to choose the
correct cryptographic
scheme when needed.
Practical ▪ In cryptography IT Skills 02 Lab Sheet 3
symmetric key Lab Sheet 4
algorithms are used
for bulk encryption of
data, Write the
program solve it
Diffie and Hellman
introduced the first
asymmetric algorithm
popularly known as
the Diffie-Hellman
Key Agreement
5. Authenticatio Lecture ▪ Information security Intellectual, 01 Group
n and Access Tutorials means protecting Presentation discussion
Control information resources skills
from unauthorized
access while keeping
them available to
authorized users. To
achieve this essential
goal of information
security, we must first
authenticate users,
and then authorize
their rights of access
to specific resources.
Practical ▪ Installed Windows IT Skills 02 Assignment
server 2008 and apply
account Policies,
Local Policies and
Event Log

211 | P a g e
6. Authentication Lecture ▪ Students will learn the Intellectual, 01 Group
and Access Tutorials meaning of Presentation Discussion
Control authentication, how skills and Quiz
various authentication
schemes work, and
how access to
information resources
can be controlled in
various access control
models.
Practical ▪ Apply Restricted IT Skills 02 Assignment
Groups and
▪ System Services to
Windows Server

7. Security Lecture ▪ In a networked Intellectual, 01 Group


Standards and Tutorials environment (like the Presentation Discussion
Protocols Internet), certain skills and Quiz
security goals can only
be achieved through
the collaboration of
clients and servers.
These computers
collaborate by
following certain
standards and
protocols, with the
assistance of security
systems.
Practical ▪ Follow the main IT skills 02 Assignment
principles behind
common security
standards and
protocols in Windows
server 2008 network
8. Security Lecture ▪ Students will learn Intellectual, 01 Group
Standards and Tutorials about some well- Presentation Discussion
Protocols known security skills
systems, standards,
and protocols: public
key infrastructure
(PKI); and security
protocols for different
network layers,
particularly secure IP
protocol (IPSec),
Secure Socket Layer

212 | P a g e
(SSL), and transport
layer security (TLS).
Practical ▪ Continue on previous IT Skill 02 Assignment
week practical
9. Systems Lecture ▪ System Security: The Intellectual, 03 Group
Security , Web Tutorials security of systems is Presentation Discussion
Security and essential and critical to skills
Email Security enterprises. In this
unit, students will
study security issues,
and the technological
requirements of
systems commonly
deployed and used by
enterprises. After this
unit, students should
be able to explain the
principle of firewalls
10. Systems Lecture ▪ Web Security: Web Intellectual, 03 Group
Security , Web Tutorials now widely used by Presentation Discussion
Security and business, government, skills
Email Security individuals
▪ but Internet & Web are
vulnerable
▪ have a variety of
threats
▪ integrity
▪ confidentiality
▪ denial of service
▪ authentication
11. Systems Lecture ▪ Email Security: email Intellectual, 03 Group
Security , Web Tutorials is one of the most Presentation Discussion
Security and widely used and skills
Email Security regarded network
services currently
message contents are
not secure may be
inspected either in
transit
▪ or by suitably
privileged users on
destination system
12. Information Lecture ▪ Securing the Intellectual, 03 Group
Security Tutorials information asset of an Presentation Discussion
Management enterprise can be very skills and Quiz
technical and costly;
however, even with all
the technologies,
systems, and personnel

213 | P a g e
in place, the security
of an enterprise’s
information assets
cannot be guaranteed
if the technologies and
systems are not used
properly, or the
personnel is poorly
trained.
13. Revision and Discussion ▪ Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion
pass paper done throughout the Skills
discussion semester and pass
paper discussion
14. Revision and Discussion ▪ Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion
pass paper done throughout the Skills
discussion semester and pass
paper discussion

Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2330: Introduction to Business Analysis


Teaching
Time
& Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed method
(hours)
Method
1 Introduction to the role of the business analyst (1st& 2nd Week)
1.1Principles and Lecture Intellectual 02 SEQ
introductory concepts Skill
of business analysis in
relation to software
development.
1.2Role of the business Lecture Intellectual SEQ
analyst in software Skill
development life
cycle.
1.3Skills and Group Team Work 01 Group
competencies Discussion Communica Presentation
required for a business tion Skill
analyst
2 The business analysis process model (2nd& 3rd Week)
2.1Major steps in a Lecture Intellectual 02 SEQ
typicalbusiness Skill
analysis process
2.2Objectives and Lecture Intellectual 02 SEQ
procedures for each Skill

214 | P a g e
stage of the business
analysis process model
2.3Techniques used in Group Team Work 02 Group
eachbusiness analysis Discussion Communica Presentation
process model stage tion Skill
3 Requirements engineering (4th week)
3.1Activities involved in Lecture Intellectual 02 SEQ
requirements Skill
engineering
3.2Tools used in Self- Intellectual 01 Assignment
requirement Learning Skill
engineering process
4 Investigation techniques (5th week)
4.1Requirements Lecture Intellectual 01 SEQ
Elicitation techniques Skill
4.2Practical capabilities Group Self- 01 Assignment/S
ininvestigation Learning Learning EQ
techniques
4.3Identifying functional Group Team Work 01 Group
and non-functional Discussion Communica Presentation
requirements tion Skill
5 Business process modeling (6th week)
5.1Business proses Lecture Intellectual 01 SEQ
models,Business Skill
rules, CSFs and KPIs
5.2SWOT Analysis, Lecture Intellectual SEQ
PESTILE Analysis Skill
5.3Case study Group Team Work 02 Group
Discussion Communica Presentation/A
tion Skill ssignment
6 Unified Modeling Language (7th week)
6.1Object modeling and Lecture Intellectual 01 SEQ
its benefits Skill
6.2Unified Modeling Lecture Intellectual 02 SEQ
Language (UML) and Skill
its various types of
diagrams
7 UML Use case diagrams (8th week)
7.1Benefits of Use-Case
Modeling
Intellectual
7.2Actors, use cases and Lecture
Skill 01 SEQ
use-case relationships
7.3Steps for preparing a
use-case model
7.4Draw standard Use Group Team Work 02 Assignment /
Case diagrams for Discussion Communica Practical
given case studies tion Skill

8 UML class diagrams(9th week)

215 | P a g e
8.1Recognize the Lecture Intellectual 01 SEQ
concepts and Skill
notations used for
finding Objects and
Classes
8.2Identify the UML
concepts of
Stereotypes
8.3Draw Class Diagrams Group Team Work 02 Assignment /
and Object Diagrams Discussion Communica Practical
tion Skill

9 UML Composite Structure diagrams (9th& 10th weeks)


9.1Composite Structure
Diagrams
9.2Relationships between
classes in the
system.(Specifically,
the concepts of
Intellectual
Association and Lecture 02 SEQ
Skill
Aggregation)
9.3Generalization and
specialization
principles to discover
super class/subclass
relationships
9.4Case study Group Team Work 04 Assignment /
Discussion Communica Practical
tion Skill
10 UML State diagrams (11th week)
10.1Introduction to State
Diagrams Intellectual
Lecture 01 SEQ
10.2Importance of State Skill
Diagrams
10.3Draw standard State Group Team Work 02 Assignment /
diagrams for given Discussion Communica Practical
case studies tion Skill
11 UML Sequence diagrams (12th week)
11.1Add scenarios to the
system to describe
how use cases are
realized as
Intellectual
interactions among Lecture 01 SEQ
Skill
societies of objects
11.2Describe a scenario
by applying
sequence diagrams
11.2Sequence diagrams Group Team Work 02 Assignment /
for given case Discussion Communica Practical
studies tion Skill

216 | P a g e
12 UML Activity diagrams (12th week)
12.1Model Use-Case
Intellectual
activities using Lecture 01 SEQ
Skill
Activity Diagrams
12.2Identify and draw Group Team Work 02 Assignment /
swim lanes in activity Discussion Communica Practical
diagrams tion Skill
13 Object Oriented Analysis and Designing Project / Case studies (13th ,14th & 15th weeks)
13.1Draw standard UML Group Team Work 06 Assignment
diagrams for a given Discussion Communica
case study / project tion Skill
13.2Draw standard UML Group Team Work 03 Assignment /
diagrams using an Discussion Communica Practical
UML modeling tool tion Skill
for a given case study
/ project

HNDIT2331: Management Information Systems


Lesson topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
and Addressed duration method
learning
method (Hours)

1.Introduction to Lecture This unit provides an Intellectual, 04 Group


Information overview of general Presentation discussion
Systems Tutorials managerial process in an skills and Quiz
organization and use of
computing. At the end of
lesson students should be
able to understand what is
organization or business, and
what are business
information or organization
information in each
management level in
organization

2. Information in Lecture Students should be able to Intellectual, 01 Group


Global business Tutorials understand how Presentation Discussion
globalization affects skills
businesses, and how
information systems help
achieve success

217 | P a g e
3. Structure of Lecture At the end of the lesson Intellectual, 04 Group
information Tutorials students must be able to Presentation discussion
systems describe the skeleton skills and Quiz
structure of a typical
enterprise management
information system. (front
end, back end, reports,
centralized or decentralized)

4. Enterprise Lecture At the end of the lesson Intellectual, 04 Group


Applications students must be able to Presentation discussion
development Tutorial describe the main skills, and Quiz
requirements of an IS
solution, suitable approach
and development
technologies. (Multiyear
OLAP,OLTP)

5. Business Lecture Student should be able to Intellectual, 01 Group


Landscape Tutorials describe the business Presentation discussion
according to potters five skills case study
force model

6. Business Lecture Student should be able to Intellectual, 01 Group


Landscape Tutorials describe the business Presentation discussion
according to SWOT analysis skills case study

7. Information Lecture Student should be able to Intellectual, 01 Group


strategy Tutorials understand what information Presentation Discussion
strategy is, and how to skills and Quiz
prepare an information
strategy. Brainstormi Group
03
ng work

8.Information Group Student should be able to Brainstorm 01 Group


strategy work prepare suitable information ing Discussion
strategy for an organization Intellectual and Quiz
,
Presentatio Group
03
n skills, work

218 | P a g e
9. Immerging Lecture, Student should be able to Intellectual 01 Group
Technologies Group understand what are , Discussion
related to work immerging trends and Presentatio and Quiz
Management technologies n skills,
Information Group
03
work

10. Immerging Lecture, Student should be able to Brainstorm 01 Group


Technologies Group identify/ propose new trends ing Discussion
related to work and technologies in Intellectual and Quiz
Management Information Management ,
Information Presentatio Group
03
n skills, work

11. Information Lecture, At the end of the lesson Intellectual 01 Group


and legal Group students must be able to , Discussion
issues work describe and discuss, the Presentatio and Quiz
legal issues related to n skills
Management Information
Systems Brainstorm Group
03
ing work

12. Information Lecture, At the end of the lesson Intellectual 01 Group


and legal Group students must be able to , Discussion
issues work propose and evaluate the legal Presentatio and Quiz
issues related to Management n skills
Information Systems
Brainstorm Group
03
ing work

13. Information Lecture, At the end of the lesson Intellectual 01 Group


ethics Group students must be able to , Discussion
work describe and discuss the Presentatio and Quiz
ethical and social issues in n skills
using management
information systems for Brainstorm Group
03
organizational management ing work

14. Knowledge Lecture, This unit provides an Intellectual 04 Group


Management Group overview of general concepts , skills, Discussion,
work in Knowledge management tutorial

219 | P a g e
HNDIT2332: E-Commerce

Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessmen


and addressed Duration t Method
Learning (Hours)
Method
1. Introduction to Lecture ▪ Define E Commerce Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ
E Commerce ▪ Basic concepts of E Skills
Commerce

Practical ▪ Install php, MySQL and IT Skills 04 Assignmen


configuring apache server t
▪ Simple scrip using php
basics (basic syntax data
types
▪ Variables)
2. E commerce Lecture ▪ Describe E Commerce Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ
technologies Technologies Skills
Practical ▪ Write expressions and IT Skills 04 Assessment
operators
3. Available Lecture ▪ Define online market Intellectual 01 SEQ
online market places. Skills
places ▪ Online market place
structure in the internet
Practical ▪ Control structures IT Skills 04 Assignmen
t
4. Available Lecture ▪ Describe available Intellectual 01 SEQ
products and products in the internet Skills
services in the ▪ Explain services in internet
internet Practical ▪ Variables IT Skills 04 Assessment
▪ Form Handling
5. Online Lecture ▪ Define online marketing Intellectual 01 SEQ,
marketing ▪ Describe online marketing Skills
techniques
▪ Explain How to search for
specific online products
and services.
Practical ▪ Write functions IT Skills 04 Assessment
6. Customer Lecture ▪ Define Customer Intellectual 01 SEQ,MCQ
Relationship Relationship Management Skills
Management ▪ Handling customers
through online forums.

220 | P a g e
Practical ▪ Handle cookies and IT Skills 04 Assessment
sessions
7. Online Lecture ▪ Define online advertising Intellectual 01 SEQ
Advertising ▪ Describe available Skills
advertising techniques
▪ Describe revenue
generation techniques
Practical ▪ Handle exception IT Skills 04 Assessment

8. Develop a web Lecture ▪ Design, develop and Intellectual 01 SEQ


site for online launching a website for Skills
business online business
Practical ▪ Introduction to PHP & IT Skills 04 Assessment
MySQL database
connectivity
▪ Listing, selecting, adding
data
▪ Reading data
9. Social ▪ Define social network Intellectual 01 SEQ
Networks ▪ Advantages and Skills
disadvantages of social
networks in online
business.
Practical ▪ Identify and Familiarizing IT Skills 04 Assessment
with open source CMS
10. Online order Lecture ▪ Describe how to handle Intellectual 01 SEQ
processing online orders Skills
▪ Supportive services for
online order processing
Practical IT Skills 04 Assessment
▪ Design and customize web
site using CMS (Eg:
Joomla)
11. Online Lecture ▪ Define online payment Intellectual 01 SEQ
payments ▪ Describe available online Skills
payment methods
▪ Advantages and
disadvantages of online
payment methods
Practical ▪ Design and customize web IT Skills 04 Assessment
site using CMS (Eg:
Joomla)
12. Security and Lecture ▪ Describe available threats Intellectual 01 SEQ
Risk in E commerce Skills
environment
▪ Explain Risk management
for available threats.

221 | P a g e
Practical ▪ Use vertuemart as IT Skills 04 Assessment
shopping cart
13. Legal and Lecture ▪ Describe legal and ethical Intellectual 01 SEQ
ethical issues issues Skills
Practical ▪ Finalize ecommerce web IT Skills 04 Assessment
portal
14. Revision and Discussion ▪ Revision of lesson done Intellectual 01 SEQ
pass paper throughout the semester Skills
discussion and pass paper discussion
15. Revision and Discussion ▪ Revision of lesson done Intellectual 01 SEQ
pass paper throughout the semester Skills
discussion and pass paper discussion

Year 2 – Semester IV

HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture


Lesson Topic Teaching / Objective Outcomes Duration Assessme
learning (Hrs) nt Method
Method
Logic Gates Lecture, classify gates Circuit designs 1 SEQ
Truth tables
Designing
Combinational
Logic Circuits
Practical Designing Logic Circuits for a 2 Presentati
Circuits using circuit given logic on
designing software
Boolean algebra Lecture Boolean Laws, Simplified 2 SEQ
Circuit Circuits
Simplification using
Boolean lows and
KMap
Practical Circuit Created 3 Observati
simplification Kmap Simplified on
Circuits using
circuit designers
von Neumann Lecture & Understand the von Intellectual skill 2 Oral
machine Showing Neumann Presentation Questions
architecture and Videos, architecture. Skill

222 | P a g e
functional Practical Presentation of 2 Presentati
Unites :Providing each group on
group
assignment
to make a
presentation
Internal Lecture, Understand the Intellectual skill 3 SEQ
Components of Animation components of a
CPU and its of the CPU CPU
functions
processing
Instruction Lecture, Understand the Output of the 2 Objective
Execution Cycle Practical: Instruction executed Questions
and its stages Execution of Execution Cycle instruction and
instruction status of the
using registers
simulators
Performance Lecture, Understand the IT Skill, 2 Observati
improvement by Practical & improvement of Improved on
Pipelining discussions performance using performance
pipelining
Pipeline Lecture Understand the IT Skill 1 SEQ
Hazards limitations of Communication
pipelining and 3 Skill,
types of hazards Presentation
Group Making Presentation Skill 2 Presentati
Assignment about 3 types of on
hazards
hierarchical Lecture Understand the need IT Skill 1 SEQ
memory for memory hierarchy
organization
temporal and Group Understand the IT Skill, 2 Presentati
spatial locality presentation locality principals Presentation on
Virtual Lecture, Understand Virtual Improved 2 Observati
Memory, Showing Memory, swaping performance. on
swaping. Animations and the need for
virtual Memory
RAM, ROM Lecture Differentiate RAM Classified RAM 1 SEQ
Types and /ROM types Classified ROM
their Presentation
advantages / Skill
Disadvantages Group Characteristics of List of 2 Observati
discussion each type advantages and on
disadvantages
Lecture Understand storage Intellectual skill 2 SEQ
technologies, IT Skill

223 | P a g e
Storage systems Practical: performance 3 Presentati
and their Viewing measures on
technology
HDD,SSD,
animated
DVD,BD explanation
Seek time, of storage
rotational delay technologies
I/O Lecture, Understand I/O Intellectual skill 2 Presentati
fundamentals: Searching Techniques IT Skill on
handshaking,
buffering,
on the web
programmed I/O,
interrupt-driven
I/O
Performance Lecture, Understand and Problem solving 3 Objective
Evaluation Problem calculate Skill Questions
solving performance
measures: clock
frequency, IC,
execution time, CPI
Parallel Lecture, Understand parallel Self-learning 3 Presentati
processing Group processing, Skill on
beyond the
classical von
Assignment:
Neumann model. Presentation
SIMD and Search on Understand new Self-learning 2 Oral
MIMD web technologies of Skill Questions
architectures
parallel processing

HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source Software


Lesson Topic Teaching ▪ Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
and addressed duration method
learning (Hours)
method
1.Introduction Lecture ▪ Explain FOSS business Intellectual 02 Lecture slides
to FOSS skills Discussions
model Communicati Quizzes
business
model ▪ Open source vs. Closed on skills
source
▪ Discuss pros and cons

Practical ▪ Understand the FOSS IT & 04 Case Study


Practical Discussion
solutions with Mozilla skills
Firefox and MySQL

224 | P a g e
2. History and Lecture ▪ Introduce non Microsoft Intellectual 02 Lecture slides
FOSS license skills Discussion
OS as UNIX Communicati
types
▪ Linux like Unix on skills

▪ GNU projects
▪ BSD license
▪ FSF
▪ GPL
▪ Dual License
Practical ▪ Case study to IT & 04 Case Study
Practical Discussion
understand the license skills
▪ Net beans, Open office
and Apache web server
▪ Compare cost between
Microsoft product and
FOSS
▪ applications
3. Lecture ▪ Identify Linux kernel Intellectual 02 Lecture slides
Architecture skills Discussion
and shell Communicati Quizzes
of a Linux
▪ Shell types on skills
▪ Working in Bash shell
▪ GUI

Practical ▪ Prepare the PC and IT & 04 Lab


Practical Demonstration
install Centos 6.5 skills
▪ Identify other Linux
distribution
RedHat,Fedora,Suse
4. Common Lecture ▪ Introduce the directory Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
Linux skills Discussion
▪ Explain the purpose Communicati
commands
/tmp,/var,/home,/bin on skills

▪ Explain the /root

225 | P a g e
Practical ▪ Working with System IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
terminal skills Assignment
▪ ls, Pwd, cd ,mkdir based on Linux
basic
,rmdir, cp.mv commands
commands
▪ Working the directory
and contains.
5.Working Lecture ▪ File management Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
with Vi editor skills Discussion
commands Communicati Demonstration
▪ Viewing and editing on skills
files.
▪ Pipelines and filters
Practical ▪ Cat ,grep, pipelines and IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
Vi editor modes skills
▪ Practice IO direction
▪ Other editors gedit
6. Local User Lecture ▪ Explain user and Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
Management skills Discussion
groups. Communicati Demonstration
▪ Explain activities in on skills
user management.
▪ Introduce user account
and password
▪ Root and privileges
Practical ▪ Add user and work with IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
groups skills
▪ Assign password to
users
▪ Changing user accounts
in CLI
7. Linux Lecture ▪ Introduce process and Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
process skills Discussion
management threads Communicati Quiz
on skills

226 | P a g e
▪ Explain process life
cycles
▪ Discuss process in
Linux OS
Practical ▪ Practice commands IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
▪ PS and PS aux skills
▪ Top and history
▪ Pstree -p
8. Reading and Lecture ▪ Introduce file Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
writing tapes, skills Discussion
backups and compression and Communicati Quizzes
archives backup. on skills
▪ Explain file archives
Practical ▪ Gzip and tarzip IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
▪ List files in archive skills
▪ Other backup methods

9.Linux Lecture ▪ Explain IP address and Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides


network skills Discussion
configurations subnet mask Communicati Quizzes
▪ Identify IP address on skills
classes
▪ Define Network id and
Host ID.
Practical ▪ Practice commands IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
▪ Ipconfig and /all skills
▪ /etc/host file
▪ Change the ip address
▪ Change the hostname
10.Linux Lecture ▪ Explain the file Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
Security Model skills Discussion
permissions Communicati Quizzes
▪ File permission on skills
attributes
▪ Explain Selinux

227 | P a g e
Practical ▪ Practice commands IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
▪ Ls –l skills
▪ Chmod
▪ User and groups
11.Crontab Lecture ▪ Explain Crontab and Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
skills Discussion
Linux scheduler. Communicati Quizzes
▪ Describe the Crontab on skills
file format.
Practical ▪ Yum installer package IT & 04 Lab
Practical Demonstration
▪ Chkconfig skills Group works
▪ Restart the service
▪ Configure the Crontab
file
▪ Stop and start the Linux
service
12.DHCP Lecture ▪ Explain the DHCP Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
Server skills Discussion
service Communicati
▪ Assign IP address on skills

Practical ▪ Install the DHCP server IT & 04 Lab


Practical Demonstration
▪ Configure dhcpd.conf skills Group
file. Assignments
13.Proxy Lecture ▪ Explain proxy server. Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
Server skills Discussion
▪ Describe the ACL. Communicati
▪ Deny and grant ACL. on skills

Practical ▪ Install Squid proxy IT & 04 Lab


Practical Demonstration
server. skills Group works
▪ Configure the proxy
▪ Set up web browser.
▪ Create ACL
14.Mail Server Lecture ▪ Explain mail server and Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
skills Discussion
advantages. Communicati
▪ Describe mail protocol. on skills

228 | P a g e
▪ POP3 and SMTP

Practical ▪ Install Postfix mail IT & 04 Lab


Practical Demonstration
server and configure. skills Group works
▪ Install Dovecot and test
the service.
▪ Install squirrel mail and
configuration.
15.Samba Lecture ▪ Explain the Samba Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
Server skills Discussion
server and shared Communicati
directory. on skills

Practical ▪ Install Samba server IT & 04 Lab


Practical Demonstration
and configurations. skills

HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT


Lesson topic Teaching / Objective Outcomes Duration Assessment
learning (Hours) method
Method

1. Introduction to the Lecture / ▪ Explain the 02 Final


course unit Discussion background examination
information and
scenarios of
enhancements in
information
technology during
recent times.
2. The current situation Lecture/ ▪ Share and discuss 02 Discussion
in Sri Lanka and Discussion experiences of how questions
worldwide the development in
IT has changed the
lifestyle of the
members of modern
society

3. Ethical issues in Lecturer/ ▪ Identify ethics and 02 Final


information ethical issues examination
technology Presentation emerged with the
development of IT

229 | P a g e
4. Ethical issues and Lecturer/ ▪ Identify the 02 Final
importance of examination
their implications to Presentation following a
the society professional code
of ethics

5. IT related legislations Lecture / ▪ Explain the existing 02 Final


in Sri Lanka presentation legal framework examination
towards the legal
issues risen related
to IT , and how can
resolutions be made

6. Legal issues related to Lecture/ ▪ Requirements for 02 Quiz


IT in Sri Lanka presentation further
/ Talks by development of
law experts new legislations

7. Intellectual property Lecture ▪ Identify the rights 02 Final


and legislations for examination
protecting
intellectual
property
8. Intellectual property Lecture ▪ Discuss common 02 Assignment
rights issues in the society
and how the
resolutions were
made for them
9. Privacy Lecture/ ▪ Explain issues 02 Final
Presentation related to privacy examination
and sharing
information over
public networks
10. Crimes, vandalism Lecture/ ▪ Issues related to 02 Final
and cyber warfare Presentation hacking and examination
information
stealing, crimes and
wars
11. Professional conduct Lecture/ ▪ Code of ethics for 02 Final
Presentation professionals and examination
professional bodies
that create
standards for
professional codes
12. Professional issues Discussion ▪ discuss real world Assignment
scenarios related to
professional issues
in the IT field

230 | P a g e
13. IP regulations Lecture/ ▪ Discuss the 02 Final
Presentation importance of IP examination
regulations s

14. IP regulations Lecture / ▪ Explain how the  . 02 Final


presentation regulations are examination
formulated and
practiced
15. Winding up and Lecture 02 Final
revision of the entire examination
syllabus

HNDIT2404: Project (Individual)


Formats of the key milestones of the Project
Project Proposals

This is the initial document of a project. The purpose of the proposal is to identify a client with whom we
can build up a proposal.

This is the preliminary step of the feasibility study. Student should start with introducing the problem
through the proposal. This project proposal should contain:

Brief introduction about the client

• Business process

• Existing system

• Problems and weaknesses

• Aims and objectives of the project

• Scope of the project

• Project feasibility

• Project plan/schedule

• Client’s contact details

231 | P a g e
The document should include a brief chapter for each of the above headings. Number of pages should not
exceed 12 pages excluding the cover page of the document.

Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final

The reports in general should have the following content.

 Introduction
 Problem definition and System Analysis
 System Design
 Development, Testing and Implementation
 Evaluation and Conclusions
Problem Definition and System Analysis

In this phase, there should be a description of the problem that is to be solved, the requirements of the
users and how they were obtained. There should be a clear statement of the need.

 Define the problem and indicate end users


 Investigate the problem: using questionnaires, observations, past data reviews,
 Interviews, and working with available systems. This section should specify what the final system
should do. Do not discuss implementation issues here.
 Record the findings
 Analyze the findings
 Identify problems/inefficiencies and strengths of current system
 Specify requirements: hardware, software and live ware
 Identify the current user activities and current data structures
 Identify scope with clear boundaries
 Analyze the data and tasks carried out by the user: using a suitable software process model
 Develop and document a clear, testable, verifiable Requirement Specification (use IEEE standards)
 Acceptance test criteria should be discussed here
 Intended benefits and alternatives e.g Business Systems Options (BSO)
System Design

232 | P a g e
This phase includes detailed system design including data structures, input-output formats and user
interfaces. In this section students should discuss how he/she is going to implement the computer based
solution. There should be clear design specifications:

 User interface design: design and document user interfaces for data capturing and data
visualization
 Data structures/ system data model
 Specify any verification and validation required and interactive feedback required if there are any
errors in the input
 Design and document using appropriate techniques where possible:
Normalization, E-R (Entity Relationship) / EER (Enhanced Entity Relationship) models, data
structures necessary to solve inefficiencies indicated in the requirement specification
 Task model: Design and document user task models in the form of task hierarchies, state
transition diagrams or any other form of top down diagrams
Development, Testing, and Implementation

This phase will comprise of a software solution and comprehensive test plan that is developed from the
design, which should show that the system works with all valid, invalid and extreme data. The test plan
should be clearly cross-referenced to show that the system has been tested during development and
implementation. It is equally important to test the user interface (navigation and displays etc.) as well as
system functionality and accuracy of data.

 Software development: The solution may be implemented using one or more programming
languages, application software packages, authoring and publishing tools. Brief description of any
software used, together with reasons for their selection should be included in the report.
 Develop and document data structures of the design
 Produce detailed output from testing, cross referencing as appropriate to the test plan and select
suitable test data and test actions/responses for the design
 Test the software solution with the user, providing documented evidence that the solution works
and devise a strategy for its implementation
Structure of the Report

233 | P a g e
 Students are expected to introduce each chapter with its own mini-introduction. This will
summarize how the chapter fits in to the whole report and, it should summarize what the previous
chapter asserts and indicate how this chapter follows on.
 At the end of each chapter, students will summarize the contents of the chapter clearly. Again,
students are expected to indicate how the chapter that follows will relate to the current one in
the appropriate places.
 It is not enough in a project to do something and then report how it was done. In most cases
students will be expected to justify why it was done.. Depending on the nature of the project, this
evaluation may warrant a chapter on its own.
 The project report must have a conclusion chapter. In this final chapter, students are expected to
draw together the themes and arguments presented in the body of the text. The initial paragraph
should cover what the project was an outline its main objectives.
 In addition they are expected to emphasize the positive aspects of the work and show how one
has dealt with the problems that arose during the course of the project. Where problems have
proved insurmountable, the student should describe potential solutions to the problems and
show how one worked around them.
 Students should comment on how they generally handled the project and if they are to redo the
project, then how they would have approached it differently. They should comment on how the
other academic modules taken for the degree have contributed to the project and how the project
experience will help in one’s future career development.
Length and Content
The body of the report should include tables, figures and illustrations and report writing should
be clear and concise.
The report documentation specifications are listed as follows:
Paper Size A4 (210mm x 297mm)
Font Times New Roman 12pt
Spacing 1.5 line spacing for main text, single line spacing for footnotes
Margins Left: 3.0cm
Right: 2.5cm
Top: 2.5cm
Bottom: 2.5cm

234 | P a g e
Title page

Title page template is shown in Appendix D. The “title page” must follow the institute approved format.
Report such as proposal, interim report, final report should be shown appropriately.

Acknowledgments

The contents and phrasing of the acknowledgments will be the sole responsible of the report writer.

Declaration page

This is shown in Appendix A

Abstract

The abstract should be maximum 150 words and should contain key words of the report and brief
explanation of the report contents.

Table of Contents

Template for the Table of Contents is given in Appendix B.

List of Figures, Tables and Abbreviations

List of abbreviations, illustrations, figures and tables should match the Table of Contents in style and
layout.

Chapter Titles and Section Headings

The project report has to be written in passive voice. Chapter titles or section headings should give the
reader a clear indication of the content that follows. Chapter titles should be centered and bold. Sections
may be bold; first level must use title capitalization or ALL CAPS; second level will be in title or sentence
capitalization- not all caps. Third level headings should be in sentence capitalization.

Appendix A

Chapter Title Page No.

Title page i

Declaration ii

Acknowledgements iii

Abstract iv

235 | P a g e
Table of Contents v

List of Tables vi

List of Figures vii

Abbreviations viii

Introduction

 Description about the business organization and the business area chosen

 Business process

 Problem definition

 Aims and objectives

 Scope with clear boundaries

 Organisation of the dissertation

System Analysis

 Facts gathering techniques used and the findings

o Describe the user requirements using Use-Case diagrams and Use-Case descriptions
(Current System)

o Prepare Activity Diagrams to describe the functionality of the Use-Cases identified in the
above Use-Case diagrams. Use swim lanes to show the role of actors involved with the
process. Clearly indicate the activities to be computerized. These activity diagrams should
not have a column for “system”. Work only with the application domain.

o Do a verb-noun analysis on use case descriptions and activity diagrams and identify the
entity classes. Prepare a Class Diagram.

o If necessary, prepare Sequence Diagrams and State Chart Diagrams for the Current
System

 Software requirement specification

 Complete BSOs (At least three)

236 | P a g e
 Cost benefit analysis

 Selected BSO with a sound justification

System Design

 Describe the user requirements to be implemented in the proposed system using Use-Case
diagrams and Use-Case description.

 Describe the functionality of the Use-Cases identified in the Use-Case diagram(s) using Activity
Diagrams.

 Use swim-lanes to show the role of actors involved with the process. These activity diagrams
should have a “system” column.

 Identify entity, boundary (interface) and control classes (define all the attributes and methods
of each class) for the proposed system and prepare a Class Diagram. The class diagram should
clearly describe the communication between classes. Realize all the Use- Cases identified
using Sequence Diagrams. (Depending on your approach you may prepare Sequence
Diagrams first and then the Class Diagram

 Normalized database design

 Design of data capturing interfaces and report layouts

Development

 Prepare State Chart Diagrams to describe the behavior of all the classes stated in the Class
Diagram. Discuss the programming language properties required to implement the above Class
Diagram and select programming language/languages.

 Data structures and algorithms

 Third party components / libraries used

Testing

Describe the testing strategy and test plan. Discuss whether the testing approach is Black box or White
box and justify your selection.

237 | P a g e
List all the Test cases required for the system. If the list too long (for example, the list is longer than two
A4 list only the important test cases in the body of the report and attached all the test cases as an
appendix. The following information should also be available with the test cases:

• Running platform (ex. MS-Windows XP)

• Tester name

• Signature of the tester

• Date

• Test version (There can be more than one tests)

Test report and discussion on quality and reliability

Discuss severity of the error / bug identified and possible solutions (Catastrophic, Serious, Moderate,

Tolerable or Insignificant: Refer to the text “Software Engineering” by Prof. Ian Sommerville for more
information)

Implementation

 Installation guide
 User guide
 Backup procedures / cycles
 Security procedures

Evaluation & Conclusion

 Degree of objectives met


 Usability, accessibility, reliability and friendliness
 User’s response
 Limitations and drawbacks
 Future modifications, improvements and extensions possible
References

Assessment of the Project

238 | P a g e
e) Proposal Presentation - 10%
f) Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form) - 10%
g) Interim Progress (Report, Presentation) - 20%
h) Final Product and Presentation - 60%
Total Marks - 100%

** The meetings with the supervisor will be assessed based on the records of the log form. it is the
responsibility of the student to fill out the log form on every meeting with the supervisor and get
his/her signature.

Sample Log Form

Date
Supervisors’
No. and Duration Description
Signature
Time

239 | P a g e
HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV
Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessmen
and addressed Duration t Method
Learning
Method
1)Practice Communica a) Apply sentence Develop 4hrs Oral &
Tenses tive method structures according to grammar written
tenses correctly skills tasks
2)Reported Lecture b) Identify principles To be able 2hrs Oral &
Speech used in Reported to report written
speech use tasks
Communica c) Convert sentences into Reported 2hrs
tive Reported speech speech
method. d) Use Reported speech correctly.
in conversation
3)Gerunds Lecture a) Identify formation To be able 2hrs Oral &
of Gerunds to use written
Communica b) Fill in gaps in gerunds 2hrs tasks
tive sentences using correctly.
method. Gerunds
c) Use Gerunds in
conversation
4)Phrasal Lecture a)Identify formation of To be able 2hrs Oral &
Verbs Phrasal Verbs to use written
b)Practice using different phrasal tasks
meanings of Phrasal verbs
Verbs correctly.
Communica a) Use Phrasal Verbs in 2hrs
tive method conversation
5)Conducting Lecture a) Listen to a model Develop 2hrs Spoken
Interviews interviews interview task
b) Practice interview skills.
language & etiquette
Communica c) Conduct mock 2hrs
tive interviews
method.
6)Panel Lecture a) Listen to a model panel To be able 2hrs Oral tasks
Discussions discussion to
b) exchange information contribute
in a panel discussion to a
Communica a) Conduct a panel discussion 2hrs
tive discussion effectively
method.
7)Evaluation Oral Test a) Perform a panel Develop 2hrs Spoken
discussion exchanging 2hrs task
8) Evaluation of 2hrs

240 | P a g e
a) Perform a panel &respondin 2hrs Spoken
discussion g to task
information
9)Understand Lecture Develop 4hrs Reading
and extract Discussion Read and Find answers comprehen task
key based on key information sion skills
information in material related to
in case technology
documents
10)Negotiati Lecture a) Listen to sample Develop 2hrs
ng meetings negotiations negotiation
b) Practice skills.
negotiation language
& etiquette
Discussion a) Engage in negotiation 2hrs Spoken
sessions task
11) Write Lecture a) Read and Identify To be able 4hrs Written
Curricul items in a CV to write CV task
um b) Identify language
Vitae features useful in
(CV) writing a CV
c) Draft a sample CV
using given guidelines
12) Write Lecture a) Read and Identify To be able 4hrs Written
Coverin items in a cover letter to write task
g Letters b) Identify language covering
to features useful in letter
accompa writing a cover letter
ny CV a) Draft a sample cover
letterusing given
guidelines
13) Technical Lecture a)Read and find Key To be able 2hrs Written
Reports features of a report to write task
b) Identify language technical
features useful in writing report
a cover letter
c) organize and present
information in a report
d)Practice Useful 2hrs
language aspects
14) Writing Lecture a)Identify techniques of Written
summary identifying key 4hrs task
information
b)Read and find Key
features of a report

241 | P a g e
c)Write practice
summaries

15) Discussion Task – Complete tasks Grammar 4 hrs Tasks


based incorporating learning Reading based on
learning skills writing the four
Listening skills
Speaking

Developer Track Option


HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture
Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Durat Assessmen
/Learnin ion t Method
g method
(Hour
s)
1 Introduction to Lecture Illustrate the role 01
distributed computing of Java as a tool
paradigm and service- for Enterprise
oriented computing Development.
paradigm
ODBC/JDBC drivers Practical 04 Evaluate
practical
2 Principles of distributed Lecture Appraise the 01
software development JDBC
architecture, API,
and process for
implementing
database
connectivity

Load drivers/ Practical 04 Evaluate


Connections practical
3 Programming with Lecturer/ Understand and 01
concurrency and Presentat apply multi-
multithreading ion threading in java
applications

Create threads/Runnable Practical 04 Evaluate


interface practical
4 Working with databases Lecturer/ Use SQL 01
Presentat commands like
ion INSERT,
UPDATE,

242 | P a g e
DELETE,
CREATE etc. to
interact with
database
Statement Objects/ Practical 04
Working with SQL

5 Working with databases Lecture / Appraise the 01


presentat Statement,
ion Prepared
Statement and
Callable
Statement to
Prepared Practical connect to the 04
Statements/Database database
meta data
6 XML data representation Understand the 01
and processing importance of
XML in
enterprise
applications
XML manipulations and Practical 04
document model
7 Web-based application Examine the 01
client side and
development and state
server side
management software
component
Developing Servlets Practical 04
architecture for
web applications.
8 Web-based application Lecture Understand 01 Quiz
development and state sessions/cookies
management
Work with sessions and Practical 04
cookies
9 Web-based application Lecture/ Draw conclusions 01
development and state Presentat about the process
management ion of creating a Java
Server Page,
An Introduction to web Practical uploading it and 04
programming with Java invoking it from
/Install and use Tomcat the browser.

10 Web-based application Lecture/ Appraise the 01


development and state Presentat process for testing
management ion Java Server Pages
that include script
Work with custom JSP Practical lets, expressions, 04
tags page directives,
JSP comments,

243 | P a g e
and JSP
declarations.
11 Web-based application Lecture/ Understand the 01
development and state Presentat complete
management ion architecture of a
J2EE web
More servlet/jsp Practical application 04
examples
12 Web-based application Lecture/ Understand EJB 01
development and state Presentat
management ion

EJB 3.0 04
13 Web-based application Lecture / Appraise and 01
development and state presentat utilize the MVC
management ion pattern to develop
web applications

Model View Controller Practical 04


(MVC)2 Architecture &
Packaging EJB Module

14 Introduction to Lecture / Understand the  . 01


presentat use of frameworks
frameworks
ion to build enterprise
Struts2 FRAMEWORK Lecture / applications 04
presentat
Hibernate
ion

15 Introduction to Understand the 01


use of frameworks
frameworks
to build enterprise
Spring applications 04

244 | P a g e
HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management

Lesson Topic Teaching ▪ Objectives Outcome Time Assessment


and addressed Duration Method
Learning (Hours)
Method
Introduction to Lecture ▪ Define Software Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ
Software Configuration Skills
Management
Configuration ▪ Explain the need of
Management Software Configuration
Management

Collaboration Practical ▪ Identify collaboration Analytica 04 Presentation


Tools tools for software design, l skill
documentation and
coding
▪ Compare the
collaboration tools
▪ Use a collaboration tool
for documentation(e.g.:
Google docs)

Introduction to Lecture ▪ Discuss the Software Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ
Software Configuration Skills
Management best
Configuration practices
Management ▪ Define Configuration
Item
Contd...
Collaboration Practical ▪ Use a collaboration tool IT Skills 04 demonstratio
Tools contd. for software design n
(eg:www.cacoo.com)
▪ Use a collaboration tool
for coding
(eg:www.collabedit.com)

Software Lecture ▪ Explain milestone Intellectual 01 SEQ
Configuration identification and Skills
document identification
Management
phases

245 | P a g e
Version control Practical ▪ Compare version control IT Skills 04 demonstratio
software software n
▪ Discuss features of
subversion
▪ Install apache and
subversion
Software Lecture ▪ Explain code Intellectual 01 SEQ
Configuration identification Skills
Management
phases Contd.
Install apache & Practical ▪ Configure Apache & IT Skills 04 demonstratio
subversion Subversion n
Software Lecture ▪ Describe storage libraries Intellectual 01 SEQ
Configuration ▪ Discuss document, Skills
milestone, hardware
Management storage
phases Contd...

Working with Practical ▪ Create a repository in the IT Skills 04 Demonstratio


subversion by local pc n, MCQ
▪ Importing files
configuring in ▪ Check out files
the local pc ▪ Checking status of files

Software Lecture ▪ Define change control Intellectual 01 SEQ,MCQ


Configuration ▪ Change control board Skills

Management
phases Contd...

Working with Practical ▪ Using SVN diff command IT Skills 04 Demonstratio


subversion in a ▪ Using SVN commit n, MCQ
command
remote server ▪ Importing files to remote
server
▪ Checking out files from
remote server
Software Lecture ▪ Describe change control Intellectual 01 SEQ
Configuration process Skills
▪ Explain status reporting

246 | P a g e
Management
phases Contd.

Working with Practical ▪ Working with multiple IT Skills 04 Demonstratio


subversion in a copies n, MCQ
▪ Resolving conflicts
remote ▪
servercontd.
Implementing Lecture ▪ Discuss how to obtain Intellectual 01 SEQ
Software management sponsorship Skills, IT
▪ Discuss how to assess the
Configuration current SCM processes Skills
Management in ▪ Discuss how to analyze
requirements
the organization Practical ▪ Start NetBeans or any Intellectual 04 Viva,
other IDE and identify the Skills, IT Presentation,
requirements of software
configuration Skills, Project work,
management for the Analytical Demonstratio
development project
Skills n
People in Lecture ▪ Define the role of Intellectual 01 SEQ
Software ▪ Software author Skills
▪ Change control board
Configuration ▪ Quality Assurance team
Management and ▪ Project Manager
Practical ▪ Develop small scale IT skills, 04 Project
their role
project with a small Intellectual Work, Viva,
development team and
select their own topic to Skills, Presentation,
develop with IDE after Organizatio Workshop,
the last practical session
nal Skills Demonstratio
n
Version control Lecture ▪ List version control Intellectual 01 SEQ
software software Skills
▪ Categorize version
control software
Practical ▪ User requirements of IT Skills , 04 Viva,
version controlling Writing Demonstratio
system and planning of
version controlling for the Skills, n
project and the
documentation

247 | P a g e
Organizatio
nal Skills
Version control Lecture ▪ Describe terms related to Intellectual 01 SEQ
software Contd. version control software Skills
Practical ▪ Develop the development Intellectual 04 Presentation
project with the Skills, IT
configured CVS and
Identify the problems of Skills
current method
Software Lecture ▪ Identify the components Intellectual 01 SEQ
Configuration in a Software Skills
Configuration
Management Management
Plan Practical ▪ Students will test all the Analytical 04 Report
SVN operations with Skills Writing,
respect to their project
such as commit , diff, Demonstratio
merge etc) n

Software Lecture ▪ Analyze Software Intellectual 01 SEQ


Configuration Configuration Skills
Management Plans
Management Plan developed for different
contd. scenarios

Practical ▪ Students conducts the Innovative 04 Viva,
previous practical with a skills, Presentation,
new version controlling
system which is not done Intellectual Report
in the practical such as Skills Writing
GIT
Software Discussio ▪ Explain what is agile Intellectual 01 Viva,
Configuration n development Skills Presentation
▪ Identify agile
Management in development methods
Agile
development
Practical ▪ Continues the previous Innovative 04 Viva,
week practical skills, Presentation,
Intellectual Report
Skills Writing

248 | P a g e
Software ▪ How Software 01 SEQ,
Configuration Configuration Presentation
Management techniques
Management in support Agile
Agile development

development
contd.
Practical ▪ Compare and contrast IT Skills, 04 Report
with the two version Analytical writing,
controlling systems
▪ Outlines the advantages Skills, Viva,
and disadvantages of Critical Presentation
them
Thinking
skills

HNDIT2413: Web Application Development


Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assessment
and addressed Duration Method
Learning (Hours)
Method
8. Introduction to Lecture a) Introduction to Web Intellectua 01 MCQ, SEQ
Web based Application l Skills
application b) Principles of Markup
development Language

Practical c) HTML related IT Skills 04 Assignment


Practical.

9. Client server Lecture d) Difference between Intellectua 01 MCQ, SEQ


Multi tired client side scripting & l Skills
operations of Server side scripting.
web based e) Introduction to CSS
application Practical f) CSS related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment
10. Styleshee Lecture d) Setting up style sheets, Intellectua 01 SEQ
ts (CSS- properties l Skills
Cascading e) CSS objects
Style Sheets)
Tags & styles Practical f) CSS related practical IT Skills 04 Assignment
Lecture c) Basic Concepts of Intellectua 01 SEQ
JavaScript l Skills

249 | P a g e
11. Client d) JavaScript Syntax
side Scripting - Rules
JavaScript e) Data types & variables
f) Strings and arrays
g) DOM (document
object model)
Practical h) JavaScript related IT Skills 04 Assessment
practical
12. Client Lecture n) JavaScript Intellectua 01 SEQ,
side Scripting - Conditionals l Skills
JavaScript o) Loops
p) Function and objects
q) Built in function &
libraries
Practical r) JavaScript related IT Skills 04 Assessment
practical
13. Client Lecture c) Introduction to Ajax Intellectua 01 SEQ,MCQ
side Scripting (Asynchronous l Skills
JavaScript and XML),
etc.)
Practical d) JavaScript related IT Skills 04 Assessment
practical
14. Server Lecture a) Installing PHP Intellectua 01 SEQ
side Scripting b) Basic of PHP l Skills
(PHP) c) Variables & Data
Types
d) Operators and
Expressions
Practical e) Install XAMPP (or IT Skills 04 Assessment
WAMP) for server
side scripting (PHP &
MYSQL)
f) PHP related practical
15. Server Lecture a) PHP Constants 01 SEQ
side Scripting b) PHP Switching Flow
(PHP c) Loops
Practical d) PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment
16. Server a) Functions Intellectua 01 SEQ
side Scripting b) Arrays l Skills
(PHP)- c) Object
d) Working with Forms

Practical e) PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment


10) Server side Lecture a) Saving State with Intellectua 01 SEQ
Scripting cookies and Session l Skills
(PHP) Functions

250 | P a g e
b) Working with Files
Practical c) PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment
11) Server side Lecture a) Introduction to PHP & Intellectua 01 SEQ
Scripting - MySQL database l Skills
PHP & connectivity
MYSQL b) Listing, selecting,
database adding data
connectivity c) Reading data
Practical d) PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment
12) Web services Lecture a) Basic web services Intellectua 01 SEQ
platform XML+HTTP l Skills
b) Elements of
platforms(SOAP,
UDDI , WSDL)
c) Web hosting and
generating income
from web
Practical d) Web Hosting IT Skills 04 Assessment
13) Web Lecture a) Adding functionality Intellectua 01 SEQ
applications to a web site using l Skills
web applications
Practical b) Web Application IT Skills 04 Assessment
related practical
14) Content a) Introduction to content Intellectua SEQ
Management management l Skills
Systems system(CMS) -
Moodle , Joomla,
b) setting up &
customizing
Practical - c) Building a sites using IT Skills 04 Assessment
Tutorial Moodle or Joomla
15) Web Security Lecture a) Describe principles of Intellectua 01 SEQ
Web Security l Skills
Practical b) Implementing security IT Skills 04 Assessment
in web applications

251 | P a g e
HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation

Lesson topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment


and Addressed durati method
learning on
method
1. Images Lecture Student should be able to Intellectual 4hrs Discussion and
describe Color images, Skills quiz
Grayscale images, Binary
images , Color schemes
RGB,CMYK,HSV
Practical Convert an image from one IT Skills 4hrs Labsheet
color scheme to another color 1,Viva
scheme via any photo editing
software such as Photoshop,
gimp or online website or with
OpenGL
2. Sound Lecture Describe how the sound is Intellectual 4hrs Discussions,
stored inside the computer and Skills presentation,Q
PCM (Pulse Code Modulation), & A sessions
What is a digital audio, what is
MIDI audio.

power of sound and decibels


and sound quality of an audio
for a practical usage such as
advertisement or any kind of
multimedia application
Practical Play any kind of audio file IT Skills, 4hrs Labsheet
through any media player and Intellectual
view the attributes of sound file Skills
such as audio sampling rate, bit
rate and quality of the audio file.

Edit sound files and open and


modify audio any kind of audio
files through audio editing
software such as
Audacity/Adobe premiere
3. Video Lecture Student should be able to IT Skills, 4hrs Discussions,
describe How video is stored in Intellectual Presentation,
computer, their capacity of Skills Quiz
images ,what is rendering,
analog and digital videos, Video
formats , frame rates of an
image and how video
generation, video capacity
calculations with resolution
Practical Perform Video file format IT Skills, 4hrs Labsheet
conversion with any kind of Intellectual
video editing software such as Skills
adobe premiere, Camtasia.

252 | P a g e
Convert the video quality from
one resolution
4. Animations Lecture Describe basics of animations, Intellectual 4hrs Discussions,Pre
OpenGL and animations, Skills sentations,Labs
motion graphics , principles of heets,
animations, animation Literature
techniques, animation file survey
formats, displaying animated
content, animation tools
Practical Familiarize to basic animation IT 6hrs
related software. (Ex. Maya, 3d Skills,Intellect
studio max). Basic animation ualSkills,
design and rendering Critical
techniques. Design moderate thinking skills
level animations.
5. Multimedia Jobs Lecture Student will learn the duties and Intellectual 1 hr Discussions,
roles of Multimedia jobs Project Skills Presentations
manager, Multimedia designer,
Interface designer, Video
specialist, writer, Audio
specialist, Multimedia
programmer, and Multimedia
producer for web animations.
Practical To understand the roles of the Presentation 2hrs Presentation,
Multimedia jobs, Required skills, IT Discussions
knowledge areas, how to Skills
perform the job in a professional
way, Ethics of the jobs and
attitudes, Work and Life balance
6. Overview of Lecture Acquire the knowledge on video Intellectual 2 hrs Presentation,Q
Graphic System displaying devices, Vector and Skills uiz,Discussion
raster graphics, Graphic
monitors and workstations,
input devices, hardcopy devices
Practical Preparation of report about the Presentation 3hrs Presentation,Di
basic tools and techniques used skills,Analytic scussion,Lab
in a graphic system al Skills Sheet
7. Output primitives Lecture Describe Points and lines, Line Intellectual 3hrs Presentation,La
drawing algorithms, Circle Skills, bsheet
generating algorithms, Filled- Analytical
area primitive Skills
Practical To perform basic line drawing IT 6hrs Labsheet
with OpenGL, line drawing Skills,Analytic
algorithm with OpenGL, Circle al Skills
generation and fill area with
OpenGL
8. Two Dimensional Lecture Understand the Basic concepts Intellectual 2hrs Presentation,Di
Geometric of transformations, Translation, Skills,IT scussion
Transformations Rotation, Scaling , Reflection, Skills
Shear, Matrix representations
and homogeneous coordinates,
composite transformations,

253 | P a g e
General pivot-point rotation,
Transformation between
coordinate system
Practical Perform translation, rotation, IT Skills 3hrs Labsheet,Tutori
scaling, reflection and shear to a al
drawn object using OpenGL
9. Three Lecture Describe Translation, Rotation, Intellectual 2hrs Presentation,
Dimensional Scaling, Reflections and Shears Skills,IT Discussion
Geometric and of an object in a 3D Skills
Modeling environment.
transformations Practical Perform a 3D object translation, IT 4hrs Tutorial,
rotation, scaling is performed Skills,Intellect Labsheet
with OpenGL ual Skills
10. Three Lecture Viewing pipeline, Viewing Intellectual 3hrs Presentation ,
dimensional coordinates, parallel and skills, Discussions
viewing perspective projections IT Skills
Practical Prepare a small OpenGL IT Skills 3hrs Labsheet
application which supports for
previously gained knowledge
and experience

HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing


Lesson Topic Teaching ▪ Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
and learning addressed durati method
method on
(Hours
)
1. Introduction to Lecture, ▪ Explain what is a Intellectual, 06 Presentations,
Image Discussion Digital Image and Cognitive Practical,
Processing Digital Image and Assessments
Processing, analytical
▪ Explain the difference Skills,
between Analog Image Practical
and Digital Image. Skills
▪ Describe how the
Digital Image is stored
in a computer system
▪ Introduce to Math lab
as a tool for Image
Processing
▪ Handle Math lab basic
commands for
processing images
2. Applications of Lecture, ▪ Identify the areas which Intellectual, 07 Reviewing and
Digital Image Discussion involved in image Analytical analyzing
Processing simple image processing communicati simple image
processing ▪ Explain the on
research functionalities

254 | P a g e
performed by image Writing processing
processing Skills researches
▪ Difficulties and
challenges in digital Report Writing,
image processing Presentation

3. Image Lecture, ▪ Identify Digital image Intellectual 03 Presentation,


Compression and tutorial formats(compressed and discussion,
Digital Image Case study and uncompressed) analytical MCQ, SEQ
Formats analyzing ▪ Describe compressed skills
and uncompressed Presentation
image formats skills
▪ Explain
JPEG,PND,GIF
compression formats
▪ Handle Matlab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts
4. Types of Digital Lecture, ▪ Describe Binary, Intellectual 05 SEQ,MCQ,
Image color Tutorial , grayscale, true color skills Tutorial
schemes Case study and indexed images Practical submission
analyzing ▪ Explain how the color Skills
is represented in digital Analytical
image Skills
▪ CMYK,RGB color
schemes
▪ Conversion of color
image into a grayscale
image

▪ Handle Mat lab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts
5. Image display Lecture, ▪ Spatial resolution and Intellectual, 18 Mini Project,
and enhancement Tutorial, image quantization Practical, IT SEQ,
Practical ▪ Image enhancements skills, Presentations,
▪ Point and Presentation Research works
Neighborhood skills,
processing Analytical
▪ Gray level slicing and Skills
image substation
▪ Describe what is image
histogram
▪ Histogram equalization
▪ Handle Mat lab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts

255 | P a g e
6. Image Lecture, ▪ Describe Image Slicing Intellectual 20 Mini project,
geometrical Discussion resizing, Inversing, skills, Group project,
Operations , reflect and translation Analytical presentations ,
Image ▪ Describe and Skills, demonstrations
morphology, demonstrate edge Practical
Line and edge detection, line detection Skills
detection , image dilation and
erosion
▪ Handle Matlab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts

HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio


Lesson Topic Teaching and ▪ Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment
learning method addressed durati method
on
(Hours
)
1. Overview of Lecture ▪ Overview of audio Intellectual 02 Quizzes,discuss
digital audio and video technology. skills ion
video Historical and
technology contemporary practices
in video and audio
production.
2. video and audio Lecture ▪ Improve the knowledge IT & 04 Discussion
equipment of digital video Practical
equipment and skills
standards
3. digital vs. analog Lecture ▪ Overview of digital vs. Intellectual 02 Discussion
camcorders analog camcorders skills
4. Digital Lecture ▪ Identify the various IT & 04 Discussion
standards, audio digital video Practical
video compression techniques skills
compression and standards.
techniques and
sampling
5. Digital storage Lecture ▪ Identify the basic Intellectual 02 Discussion
media digital storage media skills
6. Sampling Lecture ▪ Describe the Sampling Intellectual 04 Discussion
technique skills
7. Camera angles, Lecture ▪ Identify the concepts of Intellectual 04 Discussion
Lighting, and camera angles, focusing skills
color theory technique and framing
8. Lighting Lecture ▪ Identify the lighting IT & 04 Practical
Techniques techniques, Practical Assignment
▪ Color theory related to skills,
video product. analytical
skill

256 | P a g e
9. Audio and Lecture ▪ Describe the tools and Intellectual 03 Practical
Video editing techniques available in skills, IT Assignment
standard digital video practical skill
editing programs
10. Audio and Lecture ▪ Apply foundation IT & 04 Practical
Video editing concepts in non-linear Practical Assignment
video modification and skills
digital sound editing
11. Applying text , Lecture ▪ Applying special IT & 04 Practical
special effect to effects processing on Practical Assignment
the video videos skills
12. Applying text , Lecture ▪ Applying titles and text IT & 04 Practical
special effect to overlays into videos Practical Assignment
the video skills
13. Video Lecture ▪ Write and develop 5 Intellectual 04 Discussion
production min. shooting script skills

HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development


Lesson Topic Teaching / Objectives Outcomes Duration Assessment
learning (Hours) Method
Method
Unit 1: Introduction to Lecture ▪ Define mobile 1. 01
Mobile Application computing
Development ▪ Explain various types
1.1 Definition of of mobile computing
Mobile Computing devices.
1.2 Devices (Mobile
Computers,
Smartphones,
Dedicated Devices,
Pervasive
Computing)
Getting Started with Practical 04 Evaluate
Android practical
Introducing Android
Familiarizing Eclipse
Running and
Debugging
Applications

1.3 Web-Based Lecture ▪ Compare and contrast 2. 01


Applications web-based mobile
1.4 Native applications against
Applications native applications.
1.5 History of Mobile ▪ Detail the history of
Platforms (PDAs, mobile platforms.
Netbooks,
Smartphones)

257 | P a g e
1.6 Internet Protocols
for Mobile
Apps (WAP 1.0,
WAP 2.0 )
1.7 Content vs.
Applications (HTML,
Java, Evolution of
Browsers)
Mastering the Android Practical 04 Evaluate
Development Tools practical
Using the Android
Documentation
Debugging
Applications with
DDMS
Working with the
Android Emulator
Using SD Card
Images with the

Unit 2: Infrastructure Lecturer/ ▪ Describe the Internet 01


2.1 Mobile and Cell Presentation protocols for mobile
Phone applications.
Technologies (CDMA, ▪ Discuss the evolution
GSM, 3-G, 4-G) of browsers and
2.2 Internet Terms ( IP Internet languages
Address , Subnet such as HTML and
Mask, Gateway , JavaScript
DNS , Static vs.
Dynamic)
2.3 Transport ( HTTP ,
Routing,
2.4 Secure
Connections
2.5 Proxies
2.6 Reverse Proxies
Building Android Practical 04 Evaluate
Applications practical
Designing a Typical
Android Application
Using the Application
Context
Working with
Activities
Working with Intents
Working with Dialogs
Working with
Fragments
Logging Application
Information

258 | P a g e
Unit 3: Lecturer/ ▪ Describe mobile and 01
HTML/CSS/DOM and Presentation cell phone
Scripting. technologies.
3.1 ▪ Compare and contrast
HTML (Validation, 3-G and 4-G.
Rendering, Web ▪ Define and describe
Browsers and an IP address.
differences,
3.2 Cascading Style
Sheets
(CSS) (Definition,
Properties,
Inheritance
3.3 Document Object
Model (DOM) (Basic
Definitions,
Document, Objects,
Model , DOM Tree
3.4
JavaScript(Uses, Basi
c Constructs ,
Variables, Strings,
Operators , Arrays,
Objects , Functions ,
Control Structures ,
Looping , Modes of
Execution, Embedded
in HTML , Separate
file called from
HTML)
Managing Application Practical 04
Resources.

Unit 4: JQuery and Lecture / ▪ Discuss gateways ando 01


Structured Data presentation subnet masks.
4.1 ▪ Explain transport
JQuery (Overview, including HTTP and
Events in JQuery , routing.
Event Listeners, ▪ Explain how proxies
AJAX with Jquery ) and reverse proxies
4.2 JavaScript and work.
XML
4.3 XML ( Data
vs.Content, Structure,

259 | P a g e
Elements, Tags,Attrib
utes
4.4 JavaScript Object
Notation(JSON) (Desc
ription )
4.5 Examples of XML
and JSON
Configuring the Practical 04
Android Manifest File
Unit 5: Scripting with ▪ Upon successful 01
Server Access completion of this
5.1 Overview unit, the student will
5.2 AJAX Mechanics ( be able to:
XMLHttpRequest ▪ Discuss how to use
Object , AJAX for web
responseXML ) applications.
5.3 XMLHttpRequest ▪ Explain the
Implementations by mechanics of AJAX.
Browser ▪ Explain JavaScript
5.4 JavaScript frameworks.
Frameworks
5.5 Design Patterns

Designing an Practical 04
Application
Framework
Unit 6: Designing ▪ Discuss how to 01
Mobile User design mobile
Interfaces interfaces.
6.1 Definition of ▪ Define usability.
Usability ▪ Explain ways to test
6.2 Steps to Building a user interfaces.
Good User Interface ▪ Discuss the various
6.3 Task Analysis and types of user
Contextual Inquiry interfaces for mobile
6.4 Development apps.
Cycle (Rapid ▪ Compare and contrast
Prototyping, mobile web and
Evaluation ) native apps.
6.5 Mobile User
Interface Types (
Interactive Voice
Response (IVR) ,
SMS/MMS , Mobile
Web , Native
Applications ,
Hybrids )
6.6 Mobile
Application
Development Design

260 | P a g e
Considerations (Text
Entry, Screen Size,
User Interface , User
Context )

Implementing an Practical 04
Animated Splash
Screen
Unit 7: Mobile Lecture ▪ Upon successful 01 Quiz
Application completion of this
Evaluation and Mobile unit, the student will
Browsers be able to:
7.1 Mobile Device ▪ Discuss mobile
User Interaction device user
Patterns (Interaction interaction patterns.
Time, Spanning ▪ Evaluate mobile user
Devices, Mobile interfaces.
Security ) ▪ Describe various
7.2 Evaluating Mobile types of expert
User Interfaces evaluations, such as
(Expert Evaluation , cognitive
Cognitive walkthroughs and
Walkthrough , heuristic evaluation
Heuristic Evaluation,
User Evaluation in the
Lab, Think out loud
study , Performance
Study , User
Evaluation in the
Field, Diary Study ,
Experience Sampling
Method, Logging
Study

Implementing the Practical 04


Main Menu Screen
7.3 Mobile Browsers Lecture/ ▪ Discuss user lab 01
and Browsers Presentation Evaluations.
7.4 Mobile Browser ▪ Conduct user field
Evolution ( Mobile evaluations such as
Safari , Touch Web , diary studies,
CSS ) experience sampling,
and logging.
Developing the Help Practical 04
and Scores Screens

261 | P a g e
Unit 8: Mobile Lecture/ ▪ Upon successful 01
Platforms Presentation completion of this
8.1 URIs for Mobile unit, the student will
Apps ( One Web be able to:
URIs, Mobile Web ▪ Discuss URIs for
URIs ) mobile apps.
8.2 Native Runtime ▪ Compare and contrast
Platforms (Tightly native mobile
Controlled (IPhone), platforms such as
Open (Android) , iPhone, Android, and
Licensed (Windows Windows Mobile.
Mobile) )

Building Forms to Practical 04


Collect User Input
8.3 CrossPlatform Lecture/ ▪ Discuss using the 01
Development Presentation web as a mobile
8.4 HTML5 ( application platform.
Features ) ▪ Explain HTML5 and
8.5 Hybrid Runtime differences between it
Environments (Brows and HTML.
er-embedded ▪ Discuss hybrid
environments , Cross- environments
Compiled )
Using Dialogs to Practical 04
Collect User Input
Unit 9: Storage and Lecture/ ▪ Upon successful 01
Geolocation Presentation completion of this
9.1 Need for Storage unit, the student will
9.2 Local Storage with be able to:
HTML5 ▪ Discuss the need for
9.3 Storage on the storage.
Web ▪ Compare local
9.4 Geolocation storage to caching
and cookies.
▪ Explain the various
types of storage.
▪ Discuss geolocation
and how it can be
used.
▪ Explain ways for a
mobile application to
determine location.
Adding Application ▪ 04
Logic
Unit 10: Android Lecture / ▪ Upon successful 01
Development presentation completion of this
10.1 Java Review unit, the student will
be able to:

262 | P a g e
10.2 Android ▪ Understand the
SDK (Activities, Android development
Views ) environment.
10.3 Resources, Views ▪ Develop apps for
and Android devices.
Intents (Resources,
Views, Intents )
10.4 Intents and
Storage
10.5 Storage and
Threads ( Data
Storage, SQL,
SQLLite )

Practical 04
Unit 11: iPhone/iPAD Lecture / ▪ Understand the IOS  . 01
Development presentation development
11.1 Object-C Primer environment
11.2 Windows-based
Applications and
MVC
11.3 View
Controllers
11.4 Provisioning,
view controllers,
gestures and data
11.5 Core Data,
Localization,
Graphics
Lecture / 04
presentation
Continue unit 11 ▪ Develop apps for IOS 01
devices
04

Administrator Track Option


HNDIT2421: Server Administration
Lesson Topic Teaching / ▪ Objectives Outcomes Duration Assessment
learning ▪ (Hours) Method
Method
1. Introduction to Lecture ▪ This unit provides Intellectual, 03 Group
Linux Server Tutorials an overview of Presentation discussion
Installation and general concepts, skills and Quiz
Administration terminologies,
issues, and some
technical
background of
Linux Server.

263 | P a g e
2. Architecture of a Lecture ▪ Students should Intellectual, 03 Quiz
Linux System Tutorials understand the Presentation
Architecture of a skills
System and explain
Kernel, shell,
command line shell
and GUI
3. CommonUnix / Lecture ▪ Students should Intellectual, 01 Group
Linux command. Tutorials understand the File Presentation Discussion
Management skills
commands, cat
commands,
searching files,
memory usage, file
systems and storage
Devices, Monitor
the system
Practical ▪ Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Assignment
on the Common
Unix / Linux
command.
4. Linux Local user Lecture ▪ Students should be Intellectual, 01 Quiz
Management Tutorials able to creating Presentation
local user, assign skills
user name and
password, deleting
local user, restrict
user.
Practical ▪ Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Assignment
on the creating
local user, assign
user name and
password, deleting
local user, restrict
user.
5. Linux Process Lecture ▪ Student should be Intellectual, 01 Group
Management Tutorials able to understand Presentation discussion
Process in Linux, skills
How to send
process signals in
Linux and check
status of specific
service.

264 | P a g e
Practical ▪ Complete IT Skills 02 Assignment
assignment and
identify Linux
Process

6. CronTab Lecture ▪ Students will learn Intellectual, 01 Group


Tutorials the how to install Presentation Discussion
CronTabon Linux, skills and Quiz
CronTab format
and View CronTab
entries.
Practical ▪ Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Assignment
to CronTab
▪ commands

7. IP Address Lecture ▪ Students will learn Intellectual, 01 Group
Tutorials about IP versions, Presentation Discussion
Internet IP address skills and Quiz
structure , subnet
mask, IP address
classes, Private IP
address.
Practical ▪ Practical is focused IT skills 02 Assignment
to Internet, network
and host IP address
7. Server Installation Lecture ▪ Students will learn Intellectual, 01 Group
and Configuration Tutorials about proxy server, Presentation Discussion
mail server and skills
DHCP sever
Practical ▪ Complete IT Skill 02 Group
Assignment with Assignment
Server installation
and configuration
8. Server Installation Lecture ▪ Continue the Intellectual, 01 Group
and Configuration Tutorials previous week Presentation Discussion
lesson skills
Practical ▪ Continue the IT Skills 02 Group
previous week Assignment
lesson
9. Windows server Lecture ▪ Student should Intellectual, 01 Group
installation and Tutorials understand Presentation Discussion
Administration hardware skills
requirements to
installation, Initial
system
configuration and

265 | P a g e
remote desktop
configuration.
Practical ▪ Install Windows IT skills 2hrs Group
server 2008 and Assignment
configure
10. Windows server Lecture ▪ Continue the Intellectual, 01 Group
installation and Tutorials previous week Presentation Discussion
Administration lesson (Windows skills
Server
Administration)
Practical ▪ Continue the IT Skills 02 Assignment
previous week
Practical and
complete Server
Administration
11. Configuration Lecture ▪ Student should Intellectual, 01 Quiz
server Roles and Tutorials Understand File Presentation
features server, Print server skills
, IIS server and
DNS server
Practical ▪ Configure the IT skills 02 Group
Windows servers Assignment
12. Revision and pass Discussion ▪ Revision of lesson Intellectual 03 Discussion
paper discussion done throughout the Skills
semester and pass
paper discussion
13. Revision and pass Discussion ▪ Revision of lesson Intellectual 03 Discussion
paper discussion done throughout the Skills
semester and pass
paper discussion

HNDIT2422: Network and Data Center Operations

Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcomes Time Assessment


and addressed duration method
learning
method
1. Introduction to Lecture ▪ Industrial Intellectual 02 Discussions
Data centers importance of skills Quizzes
and real world Data centers. Communication
examples ▪ Identify the skills
advantages of
data centers.

Practical ▪ Studding Amazon IT & Practical 02 Case Study


EZ2 and National skills

266 | P a g e
Climate Data
Center

2. Critical issues Lecture ▪ Explain the Intellectual 02 Lecture slides


in Data centers critical issues skills Discussion
with Data center
design.
▪ Identify Data
center users

Practical ▪ Cisco Next-G IT & Practical 02 Case Study


Data skills Lab
Center(Nexus) Individual
case study Assignment-1

3. Data Center Lecture ▪ Identify Intellectual 02 Lecture slides
categorical Enterprise data skills Discussion
center and
Collocation data
center
▪ Hybrid Data
Centers

Practical ▪ Cisco Packet IT & Practical 02 Lab


tracer and router, skills Individual
switches and Assignment-2
other industrial
network
equipment

4. Data center Lecture ▪ Standard for Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides


standard and design and skills Discussion
regulations implementation
of Data Centers
▪ Installation of
Data Centers and
computer rooms
standards
Practical ▪ Standard TIA- IT & Practical 02 Case Study
942 analyze and skills Question
identify the
guidelines
5. Data center Lecture ▪ Types of switches Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
architecture commonly used skills Discussion
• Edge Demonstration
• Core
• Distribution

267 | P a g e
Practical ▪ Cisco packet IT & Practical 02 Lab
tracer layer-2 and skills Individual
layer-3 devices. Assignment-3
6. Data Center Lecture ▪ The purpose of Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
cabling and network racks, skills Discussion
pathways cabinet and cable Demonstration
management.
▪ Identify overhead
and underfloor
cabling methods
Practical ▪ Group IT & Practical 03 Lab
presentation skills Group
about Data Assignment
centers
7. Data Center Lecture ▪ Power calculation Intellectual 02 Lecture Slides
Power methods skills Discussion
distribution ▪ Power
distribution units.
▪ Data center
electrical
efficiency
▪ PDU types
Practical ▪ Case study about IT & Practical 02 Lab
Google data skills Assignment
center. Online
▪ Understand the assessments
how Google data Demonstration
center and power Quizzes
distribution
methods.
8. Data Center Lecture ▪ Identify Intellectual 01 Lecture Slides
cooling importance of skills Discussion
methods. cooling methods.
▪ Hot and cold aisle
methods.
▪ Managing the air
flows
▪ Network cabinet
arrangement
Practical ▪ Understanding IT & Practical 02 Case Study
the Google Data skills Question
center cooling Demonstration
methods with
virtual tour

268 | P a g e
HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning

Lesson Teachin Objectives Outcome Tim Assessme


topic g and s e nt
learning Addresse dura method
method d tion

1. Lecture This unit provides an overview of Intellectua 3hrs. Discussion


Introduction Tutorials general security concepts, l,
to terminologies, issues for BCP and Presentati
Business Impact Analysis on skills
BCP and
Asset

2. Lecture Analyze the concept of Risk Intellectua 3hrs Discussion


Introduction Tutorials Management be able to explain l,
to Risk important concepts and terminologies Presentati
Management related to BCP. on skills

3. Threat. Lecture Discuss threat modeling methodology Intellectua 1hr Discussion


Tutorials and software technology that assists l,
computer security consultants and Presentati
software developers in assessing on skills
system risks and building the most
effective risk reduction policy for
their system

Practical Practical is focused on the treat IT Skills 2hrs Lab sheet 1


analysis tools
Lab Sheet
2

4. Lecture Students should be able to describe Intellectua 1hr Quiz


Vulnerabiliti Tutorials the three elements: a system l,
es. susceptibility or flaw, attacker access Presentati
to the flaw, and attacker capability to on skills
exploit the flaw and cyclical practice
of identifying, classifying,
remediating, and mitigating
vulnerabilities

Practical Presentation on recent vulnerabilities IT Skills 2hrs Lab Sheet


and preventive measures 3

Lab Sheet
4

269 | P a g e
5. Planning Lecture Geographic Intellectua 1hr Discussion
for readiness Tutorials responsibilities to combatant comman l,
ders, establishment of readinessstanda Presentati
rds and levels, development of peaceti on skills
me deployment patterns, coordination
of reconnaissance

Practical Practical approaches in data centers IT Skills 2hrs Assignmen


t

6. Incident Lecture Students will learn the incident Intellectua 1hr Discussion
response Tutorials response plan includes a policy that l, and Quiz
defines, in specific terms, what Presentati
constitutes an incident and provides a on skills
step-by-step process that should be
followed when an incident occurs.

Practical Digital Forensics with Open Source IT Skills 2hrs Assignmen


Tools t

Lecture Discuss specific


1. 7 measures that an air Intellectua 1hr Discussion
Tutorials navigation service
. provider (ANSP) l, and Quiz
will have put in place in order to Presentati
7. prepare for adverse contingencies that on skills
Contingency might affect future operations,
strategies

Practical Continue on previous week practical IT skills 2hrs Assignmen


t

Mid Semester Vacation

9. Disaster Lecture Students will learn about policies Intellectua 1hr Discussion
recovery Tutorials and procedures to enable the recovery l,
or continuation of vital technology Presentati
infrastructure and systems on skills

Practical Continue on previous week practical IT Skill 2hrs Assignmen


t

10. Disaster Lecture Learning about control measures and Intellectua 3hrs Discussion
recovery Tutorials strategies l,
Presentati
on skills

270 | P a g e
11. Crisis Lecture Discus major event that threatens to Intellectua 3hrs Discussion
Management Tutorials harm the organization, its l,
stakeholders, or the general public. Presentati
The study of crisis management on skills
originated with the large-scale
industrial and environmental disasters

12. Lecture Discuss plans through which Intellectua 3hrs Group


Emergency Tutorials communities reduce vulnerability to l, Discussion
Management hazards and cope with disasters and Presentati
its lifecycle on skills

13Revision Lecture Revision of lesson semester and pass Intellectua 3hrs Discussion
Tutorials paper discussion l, and Quiz
Presentati
on skills

14. Revision Discussio Revision of lesson semester and pass Intellectua 2hrs Discussion
and pass n paper discussion l Skills
paper
discussion

15. Revision Discussio Revision of lesson semester and pass Intellectua 2hrs Discussion
and pass n paper discussion l Skills
paper

271 | P a g e
HNDIT2424: Database Administration

Lesson topic Teaching Objectives Outco Time Assessme


and mes dura nt
learning Addre tion method
method ssed
1.Introduction to Lecture This unit provides an overview Intellec 3hrs. Discussion
SQL Server and Tutorials of Structured Query Language tual,
relational (SQL)–based, scalable, relational Presen
databases database with integrated Extensible tation
Mark-up Language (XML) support for skills
Internet applications.
2. Installing and Lecture Configure SQL Server using graphical Intellec 3hrs Discussion
configuring SQL Tutorials and command-prompt utilities tual,
Server Presen
tation
skills
3. SQL Server Lecture Discuss manageability, scalability, and Intellec 1hr Discussion
data storage Tutorials data protection in the data center and tual,
management in the cloud. Presen
. tation
skills
Practical Practical is focused on SQL Sever IT Skills 2hrs Lab sheet
1
Lab Sheet
2
4. Managing Lecture Students should be able to describe Intellec 1hr Quiz
data with the Tutorials the objects and utilities to allow the tual,
DTS utility automation of extract, transform and Presen
load operations to or from a database tation
skills
Practical Presentation on recent DTS utilities IT Skills 2hrs Lab Sheet
3
Lab Sheet
4
5. SQL Server Lecture Administrative and operational tasks Intellec 1hr discussion
Security Tutorials that should be taken in account from a tual,
management security perspective when using Presen
Microsoft SQL Server tation
skills
Practical Practical approaches in DB security IT Skills 2hrs Assignmen
programming t
6. SQL Server Lecture Students will learn the high availability Intellec 1hr Discussion
Backup & Tutorials solutions that can be used with SQL tual, and Quiz
Recovery Server, like Always On, Fail-over Presen
clustering, or Database mirroring.

272 | P a g e
tation
skills
Practical Backup & Recovery tools IT Skills 2hrs Assignmen
t
Lecture SAN , 1.
NAS7 and data storages Intellec 1hr Discussion
Tutorials . tual, and Quiz
7. SQL Server Presen
database tation
Replication skills
Practical Continue on previous week practical IT skills 2hrs Assignmen
t
Mid Semester Vacation
9. SQL Server Lecture SAN , NAS and data storages Intellec 1hr Discussion
database Tutorials tual,
Replication Presen
tation
skills
Practical Continue on previous week practical IT Skill 2hrs Assignmen
t
10. SQL Server Lecture Learning about features have been Intellec 3hrs Discussion
Job scheduling Tutorials added over the years which tual,
every DBA should know about Presen
and consider when they deploy tation
new SQL Server Agent Jobs. skills
11. SQL Server Lecture Discus schedules Intellec 3hrs Discussion
Job scheduling Tutorials tual,
Presen
tation
skills
12. SQL Server Lecture Discuss Naming Conventions Intellec 3hrs Group
Job scheduling Tutorials tual, Discussion
Presen
tation
skills
13Revision Lecture Revision of lesson semester and pass Intellec 3hrs Discussion
Tutorials paper discussion tual, and Quiz
Presen
tation
skills
14. Revision and Discussion Revision of lesson semester and pass Intellec 2hrs Discussion
pass paper paper discussion tual
discussion Skills
15. Revision Discussion Revision of lesson semester and pass Intellec 2hrs Discussion
andpass paper paper discussion tual
Skills

273 | P a g e
HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project
Lesson topic Teaching Objectives Outco Time Assessme
and mes dura nt
learning Addre tion method
method ssed
1. Database as Lecture Students should learn dynamic web Intelle 3hrs. Discussio
part of a Tutorials sites combined with server side ctual, n
complex web- programming which provide Presen
enabled functionalities such as interacting tation
application with users, connecting to back-end skills
databases, Data Warehousing And
Mining techniques
2. Database Lecture Intelle 3hrs Discussio
Analyse information security
security Tutorials ctual, n
control are appropriate to Presen
databases, including: tation
skills
 Access control
 Auditing
 Authentication
 Encryption
 Integrity controls
 Backups
 Application security
 Database Security applying
Statistical Method

3. Database Lecture Continue previous week Intelle 1hr Discussio


security Tutorials ctual, n
Presen
tation
skills
Practical Practical is focused on the treat IT 2hrs Lab sheet
analysis tools Skills 1
Lab Sheet
2
4. Optimize Lecture Students should be able to describe Intelle 1hr Quiz
database Tutorials optimizing database queries in ctual,
performance. Microsoft SQL Server requires to the Presen
basics of query indexes and tation
performance statistics. Being familiar skills

274 | P a g e
with how optimization works will
improve the accuracy of decision
making.
Practical Presentation on optimizing database IT 2hrs Lab Sheet
queries in Microsoft SQL Server Skills 3
Lab Sheet
4
5. Optimize Lecture Discuss SQL Server based on a built- Intelle 1hr discussio
database Tutorials in Index Tuning Wizard to establish ctual, n
performance an optimal set of statistics and Presen
indexes. tation
skills
Practical Continue previous week IT 2hrs Assignme
Skills nt
6.Design an Lecture Students will learn the GUI front- Intelle 1hr Discussio
object- Tutorials end for manipulating database ctual, n and
oriented front- tables and are object-relational Presen Quiz
end for a systems that deal with both tation
database using relational databases and object- skills
UML and other oriented technology
process and
data modelling
tools

Practical To model such applications, we use IT 2hrs Assignme


UML Profiles and met models based Skills nt
on a three-tiered application
architecture for the different stages
of the development lifecycles
Lecture 2. benefits
Describe 7 of the model- Intelle 1hr Discussio
Tutorials .
driven approach include the possible ctual, n
7. Design an use of the models for maintenance Presen
object- processes such as incremental code tation
oriented front- generation, updating test cases, and skills
end for a documentation
database using
UML and other
process and
data modelling
tools

Practical Continue on previous week practical IT 2hrs Assignme


skills nt
Mid Semester Vacation

275 | P a g e
9. Implement Lecture Students will describe the Intelle 1hr Discussio
an object- Tutorials implementation of an object- ctual, n
oriented front- oriented SQL (structured query Presen
end to a language) front-end, called OOSQL, tation
relational for the IBM DB2 relational database skills
database system

Practical implementation of a object-oriented IT Skill 2hrs Assignme


SQL nt
10. Lecture Continue previous week Intelle 3hrs Discussio
Implement an Tutorials ctual, n
object- Presen
oriented front- tation
end to a skills
relational
database
11. Provide Lecture Discus user documentation in both Intelle 3hrs Discussio
appropriate Tutorials hardcopy and online versions ctual, n
user Presen
documentation tation
in both skills
hardcopy and
online versions

12. hardcopy Lecture Continue previous week Intelle 3hrs Group


and online Tutorials ctual, Discussio
versions Presen n
tation
skills
13 hardcopy Lecture Continue previous week Intelle 3hrs Discussio
and online Tutorials ctual, n
versions Presen
tation
skills
14. hardcopy Discussion Continue previous week Intelle 2hrs Discussion
and online ctual
versions Skills
15. hardcopy Discussion Continue previous week Intelle 2hrs Discussion
and online ctual
versions Skills

276 | P a g e
Analyst Track Option
HNDIT2431: Software Testing
2. Lesson Topic Teaching ▪ Objectives Outcome Time Assessment
and addressed Duration Method
Learning (Hours)
Method
3. Introduction to Lecture ▪ Define reliability Intellectua 01 MCQ, SEQ
Software ▪ Describe what is software l Skills
Testing testing and the need of
software testing
▪ Describing the methods
of testing (simulation/
searching for bugs /
designing test cases)
Group ▪ Describe the reasons for Team 04 Presentation
Discussio software failures and work
n results of them
▪ Describe why software
quality assurance cost lot
of money
4. Reviews Lecture ▪ Describe the review Intellectua 01 SEQ
process l Skills
▪ Setting objectives to a
review and roles
associated
▪ Describe alternative types
of formal and informal
reviews
Group ▪ Practical experience in Team 04 Presentation
work conducting a formal work /
review communic
ation
skills
5. Static Lecture ▪ Understand the Intellectua 01 SEQ
verification distinction between l Skills
techniques software verification and
software validation
▪ Describe the program
inspections as a method
of discovering defects
Practical ▪ Describe what is IT Skills 04 Assessment
automated static analysis
6. Software Lecture ▪ Understand the Intellectua 01 SEQ
testing distinctions between l Skills
techniques validation testing and
defects testing
Group ▪ Describe System testing, Team 04 Presentation
discussion Integration testing, work /

277 | P a g e
Release testing, Communi
Performance testing cation
▪ Describe component skills
testing, Interface testing
7. Test case Lecture ▪ Describe what is a test Intellectua 02 SEQ
designing case l Skills
▪ Describe approaches for
test case designing.
(Requirements base
testing, partition Testing,
Structural testing)
Practical ▪ Designing test cases IT Skills 08 Assessment
8. Test Lecture ▪ Describe the essential Intellectua 01 SEQ,
automation characteristics of software l Skills
tools that support test
automation
Practical ▪ Use of automated IT Skills 04 Assessment
software tools for testing
9. White box Lecture ▪ Describe what is white Intellectua 02 SEQ,MCQ
testing box testing l Skills
▪ Identify different white
box testing techniques
Practical ▪ Use of automated IT Skills 08 Assessment
software tools for white
box testing techniques
10. Black box Lecture ▪ Describe what is black Intellectua 02 SEQ
testing box testing l Skills
▪ Identify different black
box testing techniques
Practical ▪ Use of automated IT Skills 08 Assessment
software tools for black
box testing techniques
11. Testing and Lecture ▪ Describe product risk and Intellectua 01 SEQ
Risk project risk l Skills
▪ Identify categories of
risks
▪ Describe the risk
management process
Group Communi 04 Presentation
discussion ▪ Explain different risk cation
identification mechanisms skills/
▪ Identify risk analysis Team
matrixes work
12. Software Lecture ▪ Describe the relationship Intellectua 01 SEQ
testing and between software testing l Skills
quality with software quality
management assurance and quality
control

278 | P a g e
Group ▪ Describe and practice Communi 04 Presentation
discussion special testing cation
mechanisms for internet skills/
13. Revision and Discussion ▪ based applications
Revision of the lessons Team
Intellectua 05 SEQ
pass paper work
l Skills
discussion
14. Revision and Discussion ▪ Revision of the lessons Intellectua 05 SEQ
pass paper l Skills
discussion

HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing


Lesson topic Teaching / Objective Outcomes Duration Assessment
learning (Hours) Method
Method

1. Explain the need of Lecture ▪ Identify the need3. 01 Final


technical reports in of technical examination
general, and in software documents and paper
technical writing
projects in particular
Demonstrate examples Practical ▪ Explain 04 Evaluate
of technical documents characteristic of practical
technical report
writing
2. Continue characteristics Lecture ▪ Familiarize the 4. 01 Final
of technical writing characteristic of examination
technical report paper
structures

Continuation of Practical ▪ Familiarize the 04 Evaluate


previous week characteristic of practical
technical report
structures
3. Describe the purpose Lecturer/ ▪ Creating a proper5. 01 Assignment
and structure of a project proposal
Presentation document
project proposal
Introducing Microsoft Practical ▪ Use software 04 Evaluate
Word as a technical tools to create practical
report writing tool technical
documents
Lecturer/ ▪ o 01
4. Continuation of
previous weeks content Presentation

279 | P a g e
Continuation of Practical ▪ 04
previous weeks
contents

5. Explain the necessity Lecture / ▪ Making effective,


o 01 Presentation
and importance of presentation professional
making effective presentations
professional
presentations

Introduce Microsoft Practical ▪ Making effective 04 Presentation


Power point as a professional
software tool to create presentations
effective multimedia
presentation

6. Describe innovative Lecture/ ▪ Introduce best 01 Presentation


methods in presentation practices in
communication and modern
making presentations communication
and public
speaking

Continuation of Practical ▪ Making 04 Presentation


previous weeks content professional
presentations
7. Illustrate the structure lecture ▪ Creating 01 Assignment
and contents of project technical reports
progress reports and the
interim report

Creating the structure Practical ▪ Creating 04 Evaluating


of the project interim technical reports the interim
report using Microsoft report for
Word structure and
standards

8. Continuation of Lecture ▪ Creating 01 Evaluating


previous weeks content technical reports the interim
report for
structure and
standards

Continuation of Practical ▪ Creating 04 Evaluating


previous weeks content technical reports the interim
report for

280 | P a g e
structure and
standards

9. Describe the Lecture/ ▪ Creating 01 Evaluating


structure and Presentation technical reports the final
outline contents of project
the final project report for
report document structure and
standards

Creating the final Practical ▪ Creating 04 Evaluating


project report technical reports the final
using Microsoft project
Word report for
structure and
standards

10. Continuation of Lecture/ ▪ Creating 01 Evaluating


previous weeks Presentation technical reports the final
content project
report for
structure and
standards

Continuation of Practical ▪ Creating 04 Evaluating


previous weeks technical reports the final
content project
report for
structure and
standards

11. Describe the Lecture/ ▪ Creating a poster 01 Evaluating


importance of Presentation presentation the poster
poster
presentations

Explain how to Practical ▪ Creating a poster 04 Evaluating


create a poster the poster
properly and presentation
effectively

12. Describe the Lecture/ ▪ Drafting official e 01 Final


importance of Presentation mails examination
drafting e mails paper

281 | P a g e
professionally and
officially

Drafting official e Practical ▪ Using tools 04 Evaluating


mails available in e practical
professionally mail client
applications to
create
professional e
mails
13. Describing Lecture / ▪ Creating research 01 Evaluating
methods and presentation papers research
standards of papers
creating research
papers and white
papers

Demonstrating Practical ▪ Creating research 04 Evaluating


sample research papers research
papers white papers
papers

14. Explaining the Lecture / ▪ Creating research . 01 Evaluating


importance of presentation papers research
research papers papers
and term papers

15. Continuation of Lecture / ▪ Creating research 04 Evaluating


previous weeks presentation papers research
contents papers

16. Winding up lecture ▪ Revising the 01 Final


session and syllabus and examination
revision of the preparation for
syllabus the final
examination
17. Winding up lecture ▪ Revising the 04 Final
session and syllabus and examination
revision of the preparation for
syllabus the final
examination

282 | P a g e
HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance
Lesson Topic Teaching Objectives Outcome Time Assess
and addressed Durati ment
Learning on Metho
Method (Hour d
s)
1.Introduction Lecture a) Define what Quality, Intellectual 01 MCQ,
to Software Quality Management is. Skills SEQ
Quality
Management

Group b) Describe the basic Team 04 Assign


Discussion concepts and elements of Work ment
Quality Management.
c) Quality Management
Process,
2. Software Lecture a) Describe What Software Intellectual 01 MCQ,
Quality Standards is and Skills SEQ
Standards importance of Standards.
Group b) Identify the available Presentatio 04 Assess
Presentation software standards and n Skills, ment
their uses. Team work
3. Software Lecture a) Define what review and Intellectual 01 SEQ
Reviews inspection is. Skills
b) Describe the review
process.
Group a) Understand how reviews Team 04 Assign
Discussion and inspections are used work, ment
as mechanism for Communic
software Quality ation Skills
Assurance
4. Software Lecture a) Describe software Intellectual 01 SEQ
Measurement measurement and metrics. Skills
and Metrics b) Describe control and
predictor metrics.
Group c) Understand how Team 04 Assess
Activity measurement may be work, ment
helpful in assessing some Communic
software Quality ation Skills
Attributes.
d) Current limitations of
software measurement
5. Software Lecture a) Define software testing. Intellectual 01 SEQ,
Testing and b) Define Defects. Skills

283 | P a g e
Defect Discussion c) Describe the importance and Communic 04 Assess
analysis the use of software testing ation Skills ment
and defect analysis in
relation to Quality
Management
6. Software Lecture a) Describe the basic Intellectual 01 SEQ,
Configuration principles of Configuration Skills MCQ
Management Management.
Group work b) Understand the Processes Team work 04 Assess
and procedures involved ment
in software change
management.
7. Version Lecture a) Define version Intellectual 01 SEQ
Management management. Skills

Individual b) Discuss the features of Intellectual 04 Assess


Activity version management Skills ment
systems.
8. Software Lecture a) Define Software Intellectual 01 SEQ
Safety Safety. Skills
Group b) Understand the Communic 04 Assess
discussion importance of software ation Skills ment
safety,
9. Risk Lecture a) Define Risk Intellectual 01 SEQ
Management Management. Skills
b) Describe the basic
principles of risk
management
Practical c) Understand the risks that IT Skills 04 Assess
can be arise in software ment
projects.
10. Risk Lecture a) Describe the process Intellectual 01 SEQ
Management of risk management Skills
Process
Group b) Describe the role of risk Communic 04 Assess
Activity management on software ation ment
quality management. Skills.

11. Software Lecture a) Describe software Intellectual 01 SEQ


Documentati documentation process. Skills
on
Class b) Describe the importance of Communic 04 Assess
Discussion documentation in software ation ment
Quality management Skills.
context.

284 | P a g e
12. Features Lecture a) Describe the software Intellectual 01 SEQ
in implementation. Skills
implementati
on of quality Practical b) Understand the IT Skills 04 Assess
Management importance features in ment
system implementation of quality
management system.
13. Software Lecture a) Describe the Intellectual 01 SEQ
Quality and relationship between Skills
Testing software Quality assurance
and quality control with
Software testing
Group b) Understand the Team work 04 Assess
Discussion relationship between ment
software Quality
assurance and quality
control with Software
testing
14. Revision Discussion Revision of lesson done Intellectual 01 SEQ
and pass throughoutthe semester and Skills
paper pass paper discussion
discussion
15) Revision and Discussion Revision of lesson done Intellectual 01 SEQ
pass paper throughout the semester and Skills
discussion pass paper discussion

HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes


Lesson Topic Teaching ▪ Objectives Outcome Time Assessme
and addressed Duration nt
Learning (Hours) Method
Method
15. Introductio Lecture ▪ Describe activities of a Intellectual 01 MCQ,
n Business business analyst Skills SEQ
analyst role throughout the stages of
the Software Development
Life Cycle (SDLC)

Group ▪ Describe skills and Team work 04 Presentati


discussion competencies need for / on
business analyst Communic
▪ Describe business analyst ation skills
process model

285 | P a g e
16. Introductio Lecture ▪ Describe structured system Intellectual 01 MCQ,
n to SSADM analysis and designing Skills SEQ
process.
▪ Define logical data
modeling, data flow
modeling and entity event
modeling.
Group ▪ Compare and contrast Team work 04 Presentati
discussion SSADMwith Object / on
oriented analysis and Communic
designing techniques. ation skills
▪ Describe advantages and
disadvantages of SSADM
17. Feasibility Lecture ▪ Describe the main areas to Intellectual 1 Hour SEQ
study carry out feasibility study. Skills
▪ Describe kickoff meetings
Group ▪ Cost benefits analysis of a Team work 4 Hours Assignme
work / project through payback / IT Skills nt
Practical method and present value
method.
▪ Use of spread sheets to
measure financial
feasibility
18. Investigatio Lecture ▪ Describe various Intellectual 01 SEQ
n of current investigation techniques Skills
environment Group ▪ Discuss practical Team work 04 Assessme
work / capabilities in investigation / nt
Practical techniques communic
▪ Conduct a formal interview ation skills
▪ Preparing questionnaires
19. Business Lecture ▪ Describe the use of Intellectual 01 SEQ,
system options business system options Skills
and different tools to use in
evaluation options.
Group ▪ Conduct brainstorming Team work 04 Assessme
work sessions / nt
▪ Conduct Cost benefit Communic
analysis ation skills
▪ Use of Pareto chart
20. Requireme Lecture ▪ Identify various types of Intellectual 01 SEQ,MC
nt specification diagrams uses in SSADM Skills Q
▪ Define functional and non-
functional requirements
Practical ▪ Draw document flow IT Skills 04 Assessme
diagrams and Identify nt
system boundary
▪ Draw context diagram for
a system

286 | P a g e
21. Document Lecture ▪ Identify symbols and rules Intellectual 01 SEQ
flow diagrams to draw data flow diagrams Skills

Practical ▪ Draw data flow diagrams IT Skills 04 Assessme


of different levels nt

22. Document Lecture ▪ Identify symbols and rules Intellectual 01 SEQ


flow diagrams to draw data flow diagrams Skills

Practical ▪ Draw data flow diagrams IT Skills 04 Assessme
of different levels nt

23. Elementary Lecture ▪ Identify the features to Intellectual 01 SEQ
process include in an elementary Skills
descriptions process description

Practical ▪ Write elementary process IT Skills 04 Assessme


descriptions nt
24. Technical Lecture ▪ Describe the activities Intellectual 01 SEQ
Feasibility, carried out in each stage Skills
Logical design, (Technical Feasibility,
physical design Logical design, physical
design)
Practical ▪ Draw Entity relationship IT Skills 04 Assessme
diagrams nt
▪ Use database management
software to create database
25. Request for Lecture ▪ Describe the need of Intellectual 01 SEQ
change change request Skills
▪ Identify the features of a
change request
▪ Importance of change
request in change
management process
Discussion ▪ Prepare change requests Intellectual 04 Assessme
Skills nt
26. Root Cause Lecture ▪ Describe the use of Root Intellectual 01 SEQ
Analysis, Cause Analysis, Skills
Cause and ▪ Cause and effect graph,
effect graph, The Five Whys
The Five Whys Practical ▪ Case study Intellectual 04 Assessme
Skills nt
27. Review Lecture ▪ Define software review Intellectual 01 SEQ
meetings process Skills
▪ Describe formal reviews
and informal reviews

287 | P a g e
▪ Describe the software
inspection process
Group ▪ Conduct different review Communic 04 Presentati
Discussion meetings ation skills on
▪ Discuss the advantages and
disadvantages of them
28. Draw standard Group ▪ Revision of lesson done Intellectual 05 Assignme
SSADM Discussion throughout the semester. Skills nt
diagrams for a
given case
study / project
29. Revision and Discussion ▪ Revision of lesson done Intellectual 05 SEQ
pass paper throughout the semester Skills
discussion and pass paper discussion

HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study


Week Lesson topic Teaching / Objective Outcomes Dura Assess
learning tion ment
# Method (Hrs) Method

1 Introducing the course unit and Lecture Identify the nature 6. 1 Project
explaining the lecture and plan of and methods of
activities conducting a
software
development project

Real world Software Practical Identifying the tools 4 Project


Development and materials for
software
development
projects

2 Insights to Successful Software Lecture Demonstrate the 7. 1 Final


Development Projects required tools, Examin
techniques and ation
materials required
through examples

Effective utilization of tools and Practical Revision session on 4 Final


techniques lab tools and Examin
materials used in ation
previous course
units

288 | P a g e
3 Principles of team work and Team work Working in teams to8. 1 Project
collaboration achieve common
goals and objectives

Teamwork and collaboration Practical Assigning groups 4


and explaining the
responsibilities of
individuals and
teams and groups.

4 Lecture Defining Weekly o 1 Project


Weekly progress of project
progress report
formats and
submission
procedures

Weekly progress report and other Practical Creating weekly 4 Project


milestone formats progress reports and
other project
milestones using the
prescribed tools and
techniques

5 Case Studies Lecture Read, analyze and o 1 Final


evaluate case studies examina
tion
paper

Case studies Practical Read, analyze and 4


evaluate case studies

6 Case Studies Lecture Read, analyze and 1


evaluate case studies

Case studies Practical Read, analyze and 4


evaluate case studies

7 Case Studies Lecture Read, analyze and 1


evaluate case studies

Case studies and evaluating the Practical Read, analyze and 4


progress of project evaluate case studies

8 Case Studies Lecture Read, analyze and 1


evaluate case studies

Case studies and evaluating up to Practical Read, analyze and 4


system design evaluate case
studies.

289 | P a g e
Designing the
system

9 Developing case studies Lecture Formulate a real 1 Case


world scenario in to study
a case study.
Designing the
system.

Developing case studies Practical Formulate a real 4 Case


world scenario in to study
a case study.
Designing the
system.

10 Developing case studies Team Formulate a real 1 Case


meeting world scenario in to study
a case study

Developing case studies Team Formulate a real 4 Case


meeting world scenario in to study
a case study

11 Developing case studies Lecture Formulate a real 1 Case


world scenario in to study
a case study

Developing case studies Practical Formulate a real 4 Case


world scenario in to study
a case study

12 Developing case studies Lecture Formulate a real 1 Case


world scenario in to study
a case study

Developing case studies Practical Formulate a real 4 Case


world scenario in to study
a case study.

Coding the system

13 Checking the programming of Team Programming and 1 Project


the project meeting coding the project

Implementation planning Practical Planning the 4 project


implementation

14 Testing plan Team Evaluating the  . 1 project


meeting testing of the system

290 | P a g e
System testing Practical Conducting final 4 project
system testing

15 Presentation Presentation Conducting a 1 Presenta


system presentation tion
to a client

Closure Presentation Conducting a 4 Presenta


system presentation tion
to a client

291 | P a g e
Appendix 1

HNDIT Curriculum Revision Proposal with Analysis Report on


HNDIT Diploma Holders Employment Survey- 2011
Introduction

This report and the proposal have been prepared based on the data collected from the survey done
at year 2011 convocation. Target group was HNDIT diploma holders who have just received their
Higher National Diploma Certificates at the convocation. The volume of data was 81 and the
selected students have completed 2 ½ years academic program including the 6 months industrial
training. These students completed their respective courses at 6 Advanced Technological Institutes
namely Ampara Hardy ATI, Badulla ATI, Jaffna ATI, Kandy ATI, Kurunegala ATI and Labuduwa
ATI.

Survey Analysis

Analysis according to designations

Designation Type
9
8
7
6
5 Middle Level
4 Front line
3
2 Acadamic
1
0 Other

Chart1-a

292 | P a g e
Analysis Chart
According to Dessignations
Number of Employees

35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Middle Level Front line Acadamic Other

Chart1-b

Reference to the Chart1- a and Chart1-b it can be clearly identified that HNDIT diploma holders
were highly demanded for the Middle level IT jobs than Front line, Academic and Other jobs.

Further there is a clear variation between Front line, Academic and Other jobs at each ATI
locations. For example Kandy ATI and Jaffna ATI passed out students obtained Front line jobs as
well. Kurunegala ATI and Jafnna ATI students obtained Academic jobs also (Please refer Chart1-
a).

293 | P a g e
Analysis according to Sector of Working

Sector of working
16
14
12
10 Government
8
6 Private
4 Semi
2 Entrepreneurs
0

Chart2-a

Analysis Chart
Sector of Working

40
No. of 30
Diploma
Holders 20

10

0
Government Private Semi Entrepreneurs

Chart2-b

294 | P a g e
Reference to the Chart2- a and Chart2-b it can be clearly identified that HNDIT diploma holders
were highly demanded for the Private Sector IT jobs than Government and Semi Government. It
is important to observe that few Diploma Holders were competent enough to become
Entrepreneurs.

Further there is a clear variation between Government, Semi Government, Private Sector and
Entrepreneurs at each ATI locations. For example Kandy ATI and Kurunegala ATI passed out
students were managed to become Entrepreneurs. All ATI students except Ampara ATI obtained
Government jobs (Please refer Char2-a).

Analysis according to Employment Opportunities

Analysis Chart
Employment Ratio

60

50

40
No. of 30
Diploma
Holders 20

10

0
Employed Unemployed

Chart3

As the above data set has been collected just after the convocation of year 2011 most of the diploma
holders were just completing their industrial training which indicates the reason of higher
unemployment rate among diploma holders (Please see Chart 3 above).

Therefore based on the above analysis the following recommendations are forwarding for
the new changes in the HNDIT Curriculum.

295 | P a g e
1. Students should be exposed into more skill development environment through competency
based education system.
2. Present industry demanding subjects should be included in the curriculum.
3. Subjects should be organized into the semesters in order to maintain student interest to the
field.
4. Academic specialization area should be included to cater academic field requirements.
5. To improve the quality of the intake for the HNDIT program device a mechanism with
Ministry of Higher Education (University Grant Commission).

Existing Curriculum
The following curriculum should be modified in order to implement student centered
competency based education system.

Detail structure for HNDIT Program (2 ½ years)


1st Semester Contents

Subject # of Hours Comments Credit

Theory Practical

IT 1001 Personal Computer Hardware 02 04 04


and System

Operations

IT 1002 Mathematics for Computing 02 02(Tutorials) 03

IT 1003 Introduction to Programming 03 03 04

296 | P a g e
IT 1004 Data Representation and 02 02
Organization

IT 1005 Introduction to Databases and 02 02 03


Relation

Database Management Systems

IT 1006 Communication Skills I 02(Tutorials) 01

IT 1007 Internet and Applications And 02 02 03


Website Development

IT A001 Office Productivity 01 02 Shifted from 02


Applications Term A

2nd Semester Contents

Subject # of Hours Comments Credit

Theory Practical

IT 2001 Programming in JAVA 03 03 04

IT 2002 Graphics and Multimedia 02 04 04

297 | P a g e
IT 2003 Data Structures and Algorithms 02 02 03

IT 2004 Introduction to Communications 02 02 03


and

Computer Networks

IT 2005 System Analysis and Design 04 04

IT A003 Communication Skills II 02(Tutorials) 01

IT A004 PC Maintenance 01 02 02

3rd Semester Contents


Subject # of Hours Comments Credit

Theory Practical

IT 3001 Probability and Statistics 02 02

IT 3002 Computer Architecture 02 02 2.5

IT 3003 Business Management and 02 01(Tutorials) 2.5


Quantitative Techniques

IT 3004 Operating Systems and 02 02 03


Computer Security

298 | P a g e
IT B003 Individual Learning 01 02 02
Content

ITB001: Individual Project 01 06 04

+ 3 existing subjects from 10


Specialization area

IT 2006 Communication Skills III 04(Tutorials) 02

4th Semester Contents

Subject # of Hours Comments Credit

Theory Practical

IT 4001 Project Management 02 02

IT 4002 Open Source Systems 02 04 04

IT 4003 IT and Society 02 02

IT 4004 Graduation Project 08 04

+ 3 existing subjects from 09


Specialization area

IT B002 Communication Skills IV 02 01 02

 Students are sent to the industry for 6 months according to the present procedure.

299 | P a g e
 Visiting lecturers will be obtained from the Industry to introduce emerging technologies in
the IT field according to the guidelines given in the HNDITNewSyllabus2011-Consultant’s
Final Report and Curriculum for the subjects ITA001:Office productivity applications,
ITA002:Website development, ITA004:PC maintenance, ITB003:Individual Learning
Contract, ITB001: Individual Project.

5th Semester Contents


In-plant Training

Suggestions to implement the curriculum


• One of the objectives of introducing TERM A and B was building relationship with
the industry. To continue that even after merging TERM A and B, it is
recommended to arrange Guest Lectures done under the special rates during the
semester. (60 hours per batch for the course duration).

• Conduct end semester exams for all subjects. (Other than projects)

• Include Teaching Methodology subject for Academic specialization area.

• Industrial Training should be customized as much as possible to suit to the


specialization area.

Lateral entry and exit points


The two lateral exit/entry points that are defined with the existing syllabus have been implemented
with the proposed curriculum as follows.

• A student having completed the prescribed course modules in Semester 1 and


Communication Skills II and PC Maintenance from Semester 2 and having earned the
prescribed minimum number of modular credits will be eligible to claim the exit
qualification “Certificate in Information Technology” from SLIATE.
• A student having completed the prescribed course modules in Semester I, Semester II,
Semester III, and Individual Learning Content, Communication Skills IV from Semester
VI and having earned the prescribed minimum number of modular credits will be eligible
to claim the exit qualification “National Diploma in Information Technology” from
SLIATE.

300 | P a g e
Guidelines for
Appendix 2 Internship

Ministry of Higher Education

Sri Lanka Institute of Advanced


Technological Education (SLIATE)

Higher National Diploma in


Information Technology

301 | P a g e
Contents
Higher National Diploma in Information Technology ............................................................................303
Overview ............................................................................................................................................303
Objectives ..........................................................................................................................................303
Responsibility of Students......................................................................................................................304
List of training areas to be covered ...................................................................................................305
Qualities to be checked for above job trainers..................................................................................309
Rules & regulation..............................................................................................................................309
Instructions for registration ...............................................................................................................310
Recording of work done .....................................................................................................................310
Submission of monthly training summary .........................................................................................310
Minimum training requirement in specified experience category ....................................................311
Responsibility of the Institute (SLIATE) ..................................................................................................312
Responsibility of the Training Organization ...........................................................................................313
a Training Procedures & Process. .................................................................................................313
b Measuring the Learning Outcomes............................................................................................313
c Duration of Work .......................................................................................................................314
Assessment Details ................................................................................................................................314

302 | P a g e
Higher National Diploma in Information Technology
Overview

The Higher National Diploma in Information Technology (HNDIT) programme at the Sri Lanka
Institute of Advanced Technological Education (SLIATE) was developed and originated in the
year 2000 with the objective of generating the middle level IT professionals to fill the existing
human resources quota in the sector. In achieving this objective the diploma programme has been
incorporated the Internship in Information Technology in the field of Information Technology as
a compulsory course unit with the minimum duration of 15 consecutive weeks/540hrs within a
period of six months.

The aim of their knowledge is gained from classroom based learning into real life context in order
to improve the ability of self-reflection that they experienced through internship and learning.
The students are required to gain practical experience and exposure in real life working situations
through systematic training and development in the field of Information Technology

The preferred entities for training are as follows,

 System Analyst
 Business Analyst
 Quality assurance team member
 Software Developers
 Network Administrators
 Associate Network Engineer
 Web developers
 System Administrator
 IT Manager
 Hardware Technicians
 Multimedia Graphic designer
Training institute can be selected either by students or by the SLIATE through NAITA.

Objectives

The objectives of the Internship in Information Technology program of SLIATE are;

303 | P a g e
 To make the diplomates of HNDITprofessionalized in Information Technology.
 To develop the practical skills of students in applying theory into practice.
 To enhance the knowledge, skills, attitudes and mindset of diploma holder’s to face global
challenges.
 To provide students with an in-depth knowledge of the formal functional activities of a
participatory organization.
 To prepare students to engage in full time employment in their area of specialization upon
graduation.

Responsibility of Students
a. Every student must find a place by herself/himself or through the help of the institution
(SLIATE) and register for the internship course unit by handing over the specified data
sheet prescribed by the institute (SLIATE).

b. When approaching training organizations, the letter of introduction issued by the


institute (SLIATE) should be carried by the students.

c. Every registered student must keep a Practical Training Record in such a manner as
prescribed by the institute (SLIATE) and the Training Record must be updated at the end
of each working day.

d. Training Record Book - The below mentioned areas should be covered in the Training
Record Book.

i) Cover page indicating the name of the institute, logo, name of the book,
ii) Inner cover page - the sample is given below
Trainee
Full Name
Date of Birth
Address
Registration Number
Index Number
Date of passing previous Semester 1
examinations Semester 2
Semester 3
Semester 4
304 | P a g e
Semester 5
Contact Telephone Number
Email Address
Training Organization & Supervision
Name of the Organization
Name of Supervising Member
Qualifications of the Supervising
Member
Contact Telephone Number
Date of Commencement of
training
Academic Supervisor of SLIATE
Name
Qualifications of Academic
Supervisor
Contact Telephone Number
Email Address

Signature of Supervising Member

…………………………………………………………………………………….………………

Signature of Academic Supervisor

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

List of training areas to be covered


Areas to be covered during the training are given below.

System analyst

 investigating current applications


 liaising with users
 producing software requirements specifications
 costing new or modified systems

305 | P a g e
 Working with trainers and technical writers to develop user support materials.
 testing the product to ensure that it operates satisfactorily
 handling support and feedback
Business Analyst

 Clients requirements elicitation


 Analysis and business process modelling

Quality assurance team member


 Testing software to ensure the code is correct,
 fixing ('debugging') errors where they occur,
 rerunning and rechecking the program until it produces the correct results
 Creating test cases for both functional and non-functional requirements and
documentation
Software developer

• Reviewing current systems


• Presenting ideas for system improvements, including cost proposals
• Working closely with analysts, designers and staff
• Producing detailed specifications and writing the program codes
• Adapting with latest development of computer programming languages
• Testing the product in controlled, real situations before going live
• Preparation of training manuals for users
• Maintaining the systems once they are up and running
• Willing to change with the technological advancement
Network Administrators

 Responsible for designing, organizing, modifying, installing, and supporting a


company's computer systems. Designs and installs LANs, WANs, Internet and intranet
systems, and network segments.

 Install and support LANs, WANs, network segments, Internet, and intranet systems.
 Install and maintain network hardware and software.
 Analyze and isolate issues.
 Monitor networks to ensure security and availability to specific users.
 Evaluate and modify system's performance.
 Identify user needs.
 Determine network and system requirements.

306 | P a g e
 Maintain integrity of the network, server deployment, and security.
 Ensure network connectivity throughout a company's LAN/WAN infrastructure is on
par with technical considerations.
 Design and deploy networks.
 Perform network address assignment.
 Assign routing protocols and routing table configuration.
 Assign configuration of authentication and authorization of directory services.
 Maintain network facilities in individual machines, such as drivers and settings of
personal computers as well as printers.
 Maintain network servers such as file servers, VPNgateways, intrusion detection
systems.
 Administer servers, desktop computers, printers, routers, switches, firewalls, phones,
personal digital assistants, smartphones, software deployment, security updates and
patches.

Associate Network Engineer

 Software configuration of Commercial CPE(Customer premises equipment) devices


 Ability to use standard IP test sets, OTDR, fiber cleaning tools, ect.
 IP Address management for all Commercial services
 Coordinate and Support connection of Commercial devices, managed by others, to
Metro IP Network/Commercial Network
 Adds, moves and changes (MAC) of Commercial devices
 1st call trouble response and resolution of Commercial customer related issues
 Implementation of new Hospitality features and services
 Support of Commercial field trials and new product launch and isolate issues.

Web Developer

 Web developer is responsible for designing, coding and modifying websites, from
layout to function and according to a client's specifications. Strive to create visually
appealing sites that feature user-friendly design and clear navigation.

307 | P a g e
 Regular exposure to business stakeholders and executive management, as well as the
authority and scope to apply your expertise to many interesting technical problems.
 Candidate must have a strong understanding of UI, cross-browser compatibility, general
web functions and standards.
 The position requires constant communication with colleagues.
 Experience in planning and delivering software platforms used across multiple products
and organizational units.
 Deep expertise and hands on experience with Web Applications and programming
languages such as HTML, CSS, JavaScript, JQuery and API's.
 Deep functional knowledge or hands on design experience with Web Services (REST,
SOAP, etc ..) is needed to be successful in this position.
 Strong grasp of security principles and how they apply to E-Commerce applications.

System Administrator

 Installing hardware and software systems


 Maintaining or repairing equipment
 Troubleshooting a variety of computer issues
 Setting up computer security measures
 Configuring computer networks
 Offering technical support on-site or via phone or email

IT Manager

 Speaking to your management team/clients to find out what they want and to advise
them objectively on where IT might make a difference to the business
 Planning the stages of the project and how each affects the business
 Coordinating the project team
 Agreeing costs, timescales and standards to be met and monitoring these throughout the
project
 Adjusting the plans where needed
 Making sure there is a smooth change over from the old system to the new one
 Keeping management and clients updated on progress

308 | P a g e
 Evaluation of each project stage and once completed
Multimedia Graphic designer
 Creating multimedia products in partnership with business analysts, technical
architects and software programmers
 Creating digital images for the purpose of animation
 Transferring audio/video files to be edited and manipulated digitally
 Creating artwork to be used in video games
 Creating animated sequences using computer software.

Qualities to be checked for above job trainers

 Strong analytical and problem solving skills.


 Strong analysis skills
 Attention to detail
 Team working skills
 Written and verbal communication skills
 Interpersonal skills
 Flexibility
 Adaptability
 Initiative
 Experience in the development and implementation of standards, procedures and
guidelines to support operational processes.
 Self-motivated with the ability to prioritize, meet deadlines, and manage changing
priorities
 Proven ability to be flexible and work hard, both independently and in a team
environment, in a high pressure on-call environment with changing priorities.
 Willingness to work occasionally outside of normal business hours.
Rules & regulation

These rules and regulations are developed by SLIATE so as to ensure the smooth
functioning of the internship. The following are some of the general points.

- Upon the requests made by the students, training placements are generally
organized by SLIATE. However, the students are allowed to find their own
placements that should satisfy the requirements of SLIATE. In case of such
arrangements prior approval has to be obtained from SLIATE.

309 | P a g e
- The students are required to submit their placement applications on or before dates
stipulated by SLIATE.

- The students are not permitted to commence their training until they sit for the
Semester four (IV) Examinations.

- The students are not allowed to leave the training organization except in case where
prior approval has been obtained.

- Submission of fraudulent training records will lead to an extension of the training


period. Re-commencement of training or/and any other disciplinary action that are
necessary for the students and the institution will be decided by SLIATE.

- The training period should be extended on a case by case basis in the following
circumstances.

I. A student leaves the training organization without obtaining the prior


approval of SLIATE.
II. A student applies for a placement through SLIATE but fails to accept the
training organization allocated for him/her by SLIATE.
III. A student fails to provide SLIATE with full particulars of his/her Training
where the training placement has been secured by himself/herself.

- The results of this module will not be released unless monthly summaries of training
records are submitted.

Instructions for registration

This should cover the allowed time frame for the commencements of training, the
need for carrying a letter of introduction issued by the academic supervisor of the
respective section of SLAITE.

Recording of work done

(You may use the following format and change as required).

Submission of monthly training summary

Students are required to submit a monthly summary of the work done by


specifying relevant areas of work and number of hours worked. The following
specimen can be used for this purpose.

310 | P a g e
Experience Categories
Subjected area Hours

Total Number of Hours Worked


Signature of the Student
Signature of the Supervising Member

Minimum training requirement in specified experience category

The minimum training requirement of consecutive 15 weeks/ 540 hours (90 hours
= 1 credit) should be acquired in accordance with the specified experience
categories as given above in working days.

e The training record should be certified by the immediate supervising member or her/his
authorized representative of the training institution.

f Name of the immediate supervisor must be provided to the institute by the student for
corresponding purpose and other administrative matters.

g Upon commencement of training, students should make sure that they will have an
adequate training to cover the minimum number of training hours requirement (540 hrs.)
and specified areas of training in the course within a period of 6 months.

h The trainee may discuss and agree on the tasks/activities with the employer.

i The students are required to be punctual and they should respect and obey the culture,
values and procedures of the training organization.

j The students are required to be well disciplined and behave in such a manner that would
maintain the dignity of the student and the institute.

k The students are not allowed to change the training organization from time to time unless
the prior approval of the institution (SLIATE) has been obtained.

311 | P a g e
Responsibility of the Institute (SLIATE)
a. A separate coordinating office should be established and suitable officers should be
appointed under the guidance of a practical training coordinator.

b. Coordinating office is mainly responsible for monitoring the internship program and
assisting students to find out suitable places for training.

c. As per the set guidelines student evaluation should be done. Marks should be allocated
as follows.

Assessment Method %
Registration and other compliance requirement 10
Maintenance of Training Diary 10
Training Report (written & prepared by student) 20
Continuous progress Review
Progress Review 01 15 marks
Progress Review 02 15 marks 30
Certification given by the supervisor of the 10
organization
Final VIVA test (Progress Report 11) 20
Total marks 100

Method of training report evaluation

Criteria Marks allocated


Completion of the 540 hours in relevant training areas 15
pertaining to the training entity
Overall presentation of the report (neatness, clarity, 05
adhering to guideline)

Method of viva evaluation

Criteria Marks Allocated


Power Point Presentation 05

312 | P a g e
Communication & Presentation Skills 05
Questions & Answers (Issues/ 05
Observations/Recommendation)
Compliance with Guidelines 05

d. A detailed guideline for monitoring and the evaluation of students should be developed
based on the above given evaluation criteria.

Responsibility of the Training Organization

a Training Procedures & Process.


Training organizations are expected to provide the following to the students during their
placement at the organization.

i. Provision of appropriate training facilities, equipment, workstations supplies and


materials and instructions/guidance by competent personnel and imparting work
experience for students to acquire the skill, knowledge and attitudes required for
successful employment.

ii. Where possible, rotation of students in accordance with a pre-planned schedule to


ensure they obtain exposure and experience on all the modular units applicable to
their roles as an employee in an organization.

iii. Supervision of each student and evaluation of their progress during placement;
monitoring, proper maintenance of progress records by each student; ensuring
that such records are submitted for inspection by authorized personnel of SLIATE.

iv. Release students during normal working hours for activities as may be authorized
by SLIATE.

b Measuring the Learning Outcomes


The aim of this module is to make the students apply their knowledge gained in
classroom based learning into real life contexts and improve their ability on self-
reflection, they experienced through internship and learning. The following assessment
criteria should be used to assess whether students have reached the aim of the module.

i. The assessment on registration and other compliance requirements should be


fulfilled by the students.

313 | P a g e
ii. A review of work carried is based on training hours and areas covered by the
student by referring to training record book.

iii. A review of the certificate should be given by the supervisor of the organization
with regard to the student’s performances.

iv. The evaluation is based on a VIVA test.

c Duration of Work
It should be covered within a period of 6 months from the beginning of semester 6.
However the training requirement is measured in terms of number of training hours
obtained. i.e. 540 hours.

Assessment Details
This course unit will be assessed by a combination of various methods including

a Registration and other compliance requirements (10%)

These 10 marks can be allocated by referring to whether student has registered for training
within the stipulated time period by handing over the specified data sheet. The specimen
of the data sheet should be prepared by the institute by including bio data, index no,
address, telephone and email address, details about the training organization, both
academic and professional qualifications acquired and any other type of information
necessary.

b Maintenance of Training Diary (10%)

Students are required to comply with guidelines provided by the training authority in
order to complete the training diary and the duly completed training diary should be
presented to the Viva assessment.

c Training Report (20%)

Training report should be developed based on the training diary and it should be in
printed form and in accordance with the guidelines provided by training authority.

314 | P a g e
d Continuous progress review (30%)

Implant training progress would be assessed by SLIATE continuously throughout the


training program within two phases;

Phase 1 - Assessment will be done after the completion of 08 weeks of training (Based on
Report)
Phase 2 - Assessment will be done after the completion of 15 weeks of training (15
marks per each phase)

e Certification given by the supervisor of the organization (10%)

The following evaluation form which covers mainly the professional expertise gathered,
contribution to the training organization and personal development in skills and
attitudes, is used to evaluate interns.
Instruction: One of the digits between 10 and 1 (inclusive of both) is to be applied to
evaluate the performance of a student. Supervising Member is requested to use the
following table in order to evaluate the student by marking ‘X‘ in relevant cells under the
main column of ‘Supervisor’s Marks ‘ and against each of the ‘Performance Evaluation’.

. No. Performance Evaluation Supervisor’s Marks Office


Use
1 Professional Expertise
1.1 Ability to demonstrate theoretical knowledge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1.2 Ability to demonstrate technical skills 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1.3 Knowledge of the firm’s methodologies and 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
procedures
1.4 Work efficiency and accuracy 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2 Contribution to the Firm
2.1 Ability to enhance client/customer relationship 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2.2 Active participation in organizational activities 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3 Development of Skills
3.1 Leadership skills & decision making ability 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3.2 Oral and written communication ability 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3.3 Timeliness 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3.4 Ability to work as a team member 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

315 | P a g e
Total

Any Other Comments: ……………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………
Signature of the Supervising Member/ Senior Officer Official Seal

Date: ……………………..

f Final VIVA Test (20%) – Base on Progress Review 11

This VIVA test should be carried out by the lecturers of the institute after completion of
training with a view to assess whether the students have acquired the intended objectives
of internship. The students can be given a chance of presenting what they have learned
and giving appropriate answers to the questions asked by the assessing team. Marks
should be allocated based on the quality of presentation at the VIVA.

Viva Board comprises of following members


- Chairman
HOD (Information Technology)
- Senior Lecturer attached to the relevant Department
- Lecturer from different Department

Duration of Viva Presentation


15 minutes for each student
- 10 minutes for the presentation
- 5 minutes for the question and answer

316 | P a g e
Sri Lanka Institute of Advanced Technological Education
“JanawathuPiyasa”, No.320, T.B. Jaya Mawatha, Colombo 10.
Telephone – 94-11-2691307 / 2691632 /2691307
Fax – 94-11-2691632 / 94-11-2691093

www.sliate.ac.lk

317 | P a g e

You might also like